service manual

service manual
SPLIT-TYPE, HEAT PUMP AIR CONDITIONERS
December 2013
No.OCH526
REVISED EDITION-B
SERVICE MANUAL
R410A
Outdoor unit
[Model Name]
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
Salt proof model
PUHZ-SHW80VHA-BS
PUHZ-SHW112VHA-BS
PUHZ-SHW112YHA-BS
PUHZ-SHW140YHA-BS
[Service Ref.]
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2.UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2.UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2.UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2.UK
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2-BS.UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2-BS.UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2-BS.UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2-BS.UK
Revision:
• Added
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHAR2(-BS).UK
and
PUHZ-SHW112/140YHAR2(-BS).UK
in REVISED EDITION-B.
• Some descriptions have been
modified.
• Please void OCH526 REVISED
EDITION-A.
Note:
• This manual describes service data
of the outdoor units only.
• RoHS compliant products have
<G> mark on the spec name plate.
CONTENTS
1. TECHNICAL CHANGES······························· 2
2. REFERENCE MANUAL································ 2
3. SAFETY PRECAUTION ······························· 3
4. SPECIFICATIONS ········································ 7
5. DATA ····························································· 9
6. OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS·················· 10
7. WIRING DIAGRAM ····································· 12
8. WIRING SPECIFICATIONS ························ 17
9. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM ········ 18
10. TROUBLESHOOTING ································ 20
11. FUNCTION SETTING ································· 82
12. MONITORING THE OPERATION DATA BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ···· 95
13. EASY MAINTENANCE FUNCTION ········· 106
14. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE ················· 113
PARTS CATALOG (OCB526B)
1
TECHNICAL CHANGES
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
• Controller circuit board (C.B.) has been changed.
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
• Power circuit board (P.B.) has been changed.
2
REFERENCE MANUAL
INDOOR UNIT SERVICE MANUAL
2-1. FOR AIR TO WATER SYSTEM
Model name
Service ref.
EHST20C-VM6HB.UK
EHST20C-YM9HB.UK
EHST20C-TM9HB.UK
EHST20C-VM2B.UK
EHST20C-VM6B.UK
EHST20C-YM9B.UK
EHST20C-VM6EB.UK
EHST20C-YM9EB.UK
EHST20C-VM6SB.UK
EHPT20X-VM2HB.UK
EHPT20X-VM6HB.UK
EHPT20X-YM9HB.UK
EHPT20X-TM9HB.UK
EHPT20X-VM6B.UK
EHPT20X-YM9B.UK
EHST20C-VM6HB
EHST20C-YM9HB
EHST20C-TM9HB
EHST20C-VM2B
EHST20C-VM6B
EHST20C-YM9B
EHST20C-VM6EB
EHST20C-YM9EB
EHST20C-VM6SB
EHPT20X-VM2HB
EHPT20X-VM6HB
EHPT20X-YM9HB
EHPT20X-TM9HB
EHPT20X-VM6B
EHPT20X-YM9B
OCH531
EHSC-VM2B.UK
EHSC-VM6B.UK
EHSC-YM9B.UK
EHSC-TM9B.UK
EHSC-VM6EB.UK
EHSC-YM9EB.UK
EHPX-VM2B.UK
EHPX-VM6B.UK
EHPX-YM9B.UK
ERSC-VM2B.UK
EHSC-VM2B
EHSC-VM6B
EHSC-YM9B
EHSC-TM9B
EHSC-VM6EB
EHSC-YM9EB
EHPX-VM2B
EHPX-VM6B
EHPX-YM9B
ERSC-VM2B
Service manual No.
OCH532
2-2. FOR AIR TO AIR SYSTEM
Model name
Service Ref.
PLA-RP71/125BA2
PLA-RP71/125BA2.UK
PLA-RP100BA3
PLA-RP100BA3
PLA-ZRP35/50/60/71/125BA
PLA-ZRP35/50/60/71/125BA
PLA-ZRP100BA
PLA-ZRP100BA
PKA-RP100KAL
PKA-RP100KAL.TH
PKA-RP60/100FAL
PKA-RP50FAL2
PKA-RP60/100FAL
PKA-RP50FAL2
PKA-RP50HAL
PKA-RP50HAL
PEAD-RP50/60/71/100/125/JA(L)
PEAD-RP50/60/71/100/125/JA(L)(R1).UK
PEAD-RP50/60/71/100/125/JA(L)Q
PEAD-RP50/60/71/100/125/JA(L)Q.UK
OCH526B
2
Service manual No.
OCH412
OCB412
OCH459
OCB459
OCH535
OCB535
OCH529
OCB529
OCH452
OCB452
OC331
OCH453
OCB453
HWE08130
BWE09220
BWE09240
BWE10160
3
SAFETY PRECAUTION
3-1. ALWAYS OBSERVE FOR SAFETY
Before obtaining access to terminal, all supply circuits must be disconnected.
Preparation before the repair service.
• Prepare the proper tools.
• Prepare the proper protectors.
• Provide adequate ventilation.
• After stopping the operation of the air conditioner, turn off the power-supply breaker.
• Discharge the condenser before the work involving the electric parts.
Precautions during the repair service.
• Do not perform the work involving the electric parts with wet hands.
• Do not pour water into the electric parts.
• Do not touch the refrigerant.
• Do not touch the hot or cold areas in the refrigerating cycle.
• When the repair or the inspection of the circuit needs to be done without turning off the power,
exercise great caution not to touch the live parts.
3-2. CAUTIONS RELATED TO NEW REFRIGERANT
Cautions for units utilizing refrigerant R410A
Use new refrigerant pipes.
Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check
valve.
In case of using the existing pipes for R22, be careful with
the followings.
· Be sure to perform replacement operation before test run.
· Change flare nut to the one provided with this product.
Use a newly flared pipe.
· Avoid using thin pipes.
Vacuum pump oil may flow back into refrigerant cycle and
that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Use the following tools specifically designed for
use with R410A refrigerant.
The following tools are necessary to use R410A refrigerant.
Make sure that the inside and outside of refrigerant piping is clean and it has no contaminants
such as sulfur, oxides, dirt, shaving particles, etc,
which are hazard to refrigerant cycle.
In addition, use pipes with specified thickness.
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Gas leak detector
Torque wrench
Contamination inside refrigerant piping can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Tools for R410A
Flare tool
Size adjustment gauge
Vacuum pump adaptor
Electronic refrigerant
charging scale
Handle tools with care.
Store the piping to be used indoors during installation, and keep both ends of the piping sealed
until just before brazing. (Leave elbow joints, etc.
in their packaging.)
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can
cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of compressor.
If dirt, dust or moisture enters into refrigerant cycle, that can
cause deterioration of refrigerant oil or malfunction of compressor.
Do not use a charging cylinder.
If a charging cylinder is used, the composition of refrigerant will change and the efficiency will be lowered.
The refrigerant oil applied to flare and flange
connections must be ester oil, ether oil or
alkylbezene oil in a small amount.
Ventilate the room if refrigerant leaks during
operation. If refrigerant comes into contact with
a flame, poisonous gases will be released.
If large amount of mineral oil enters, that can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
Charge refrigerant from liquid phase of gas
cylinder.
Use the specified refrigerant only.
If the refrigerant is charged from gas phase, composition change
may occur in refrigerant and the efficiency will be lowered.
Never use any refrigerant other than that specified.
Doing so may cause a burst, an explosion, or fire when the
unit is being used, serviced, or disposed of.
Correct refrigerant is specified in the manuals and on the
spec labels provided with our products.
We will not be held responsible for mechanical failure,
system malfunction, unit breakdown or accidents caused
by failure to follow the instructions.
Do not use refrigerant other than R410A.
If other refrigerant (R22 etc.) is used, chlorine in refrigerant can cause deterioration of refrigerant oil etc.
OCH526B
3
[1] Cautions for service
(1) Perform service after recovering the refrigerant left in unit completely.
(2) Do not release refrigerant in the air.
(3) After completing service, charge the cycle with specified amount of refrigerant.
(4) When performing service, install a filter drier simultaneously.
Be sure to use a filter drier for new refrigerant.
[2] Additional refrigerant charge
When charging directly from cylinder
· Check that cylinder for R410A on the market is syphon type.
· Charging should be performed with the cylinder of syphon stood vertically. (Refrigerant is charged from liquid phase.)
Unit
Gravimeter
[3] Service tools
Use the below service tools as exclusive tools for R410A refrigerant.
Tool name
No.
Specifications
· Only for R410A
1
Gauge manifold
· Use the existing fitting specifications. (UNF1/2)
· Use high-tension side pressure of 5.3 MPa·G or over.
· Only for R410A
2
Charge hose
3
Electronic scale
4
Gas leak detector
· Use the detector for R134a, R407C or R410A.
5
Adaptor for reverse flow check
· Attach on vacuum pump.
6
Refrigerant charge base
7
Refrigerant cylinder
8
Refrigerant recovery equipment
· Use pressure performance of 5.09 MPa·G or over.
—
—
· Only for R410A
· Top of cylinder (Pink)
· Cylinder with syphon
—
[4] Refrigerant leakage detection function
This air conditioner can detect refrigerant leakage which may happen during a long period of use. In order to enable the
leakage detection, settings are required to let the unit memorize the initial conditions (initial learning).
Refer to 13-4. INITIAL SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE DETECTION FUNCTION.
OCH526B
4
3-3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN REUSING EXISTING R22 REFRIGERANT PIPES
(1) Flowchart
Measure the existing pipe thickness and check for damage.
The existing pipe thickness meets specifications and the pipes are not damaged.
The existing pipe thickness does not meet
specifications or the pipes are damaged.
Check if existing air conditioner can operate.
Existing air conditioner can
operate.
Existing air conditioner
cannot operate.
Perform cooling operation
for about 30 minutes and
then do a pump down work.
Use a refrigerant recovery
equipment to recover the
refrigerant.
Note: In case existing pipes were used
Disconnect existing air conditioner from piping.
for gas or oil heat pump system,
be sure to clean the pipes.
Existing pipes can be reused.
Existing pipes cannot be
reused. Use new pipes.
Connect a new air conditioner.
Ɣ7KHDLUFRQGLWLRQHUDXWRPDWLFDOO\SHUIRUPVFRROLQJRSHUDWLRQWKURXJKUHSODFHILOWHUIRUDERXWKRXUV
Connecting a new air conditioner
SHW·HA
1 Flaring work should be done so that flare meets the dimension for R410A.
Use flare nut provided with indoor and outdoor unit.
2 When using gas piping of [19.05mm for SHW112, 140.
Make sure that DIP SW8-1 on outdoor unit controller board is set to ON. This is to keep
the pressure on pipes within permissible range.
Ɣ8VHGLIIHUHQWGLDPHWHUMRLQWRUDGMXVWWKHSLSLQJVL]HE\EUD]LQJ
3:KHQXVLQJSLSHVODUJHUWKDQVSHFLILHGVL]HIRU6+:
Make sure that DIP SW8-1 on outdoor unit controller board is set to ON. This is to
prevent oil flow ratio from lowering due to the decrease in flowing refrigerant.
Ɣ8VHGLIIHUHQWGLDPHWHUMRLQWRUDGMXVWWKHSLSLQJVL]HE\EUD]LQJ
4:KHQH[LVWLQJSLSHVDUHVSHFLILHGVL]H
The pipes can be reused.
Ɣ8VHGLIIHUHQWGLDPHWHUMRLQWRUDGMXVWWKHSLSLQJVL]HE\EUD]LQJ
OCH526B
5
(2) Cautions for refrigerant piping work
New refrigerant R410A is adopted for replacement inverter series. Although the refrigerant piping work for R410A is same
as for R22, exclusive tools are necessary so as not to mix with different kind of refrigerant. Furthermore as the working
pressure of R410A is 1.6 times higher than that of R22, their sizes of flared sections and flare nuts are different.
1 Thickness of pipes
Because the working pressure of R410A is higher compared to R22, be sure to use refrigerant piping with thickness
shown below. (Never use pipes of 0.7 mm or below.)
Diagram below: Piping diameter and thickness
Thickness (mm)
Nominal
Outside
dimensions(inch) diameter (mm)
R410A
R22
0.8
0.8
6.35
1/4
0.8
0.8
9.52
3/8
0.8
0.8
12.70
1/2
1.0
1.0
15.88
5/8
—
1.0
19.05
3/4
2 Dimensions of flare cutting and flare nut
The component molecules in HFC refrigerant are smaller compared to conventional refrigerants. In addition to that,
R410A is a refrigerant, which has higher risk of leakage because its working pressure is higher than that of other refrigerants. Therefore, to enhance airtightness and intensity, flare cutting dimension of copper pipe for R410A has been
specified separately from the dimensions for other refrigerants as shown below. The dimension B of flare nut for R410A
also has partly been changed to increase intensity as shown below. Set copper pipe correctly referring to copper pipe
flaring dimensions for R410A below. For 1/2 and 5/8 inch, the dimension B changes.
Use torque wrench corresponding to each dimension.
Dimension A
Dimension B
Flare cutting dimensions
Nominal
Outside
dimensions(inch) diameter (mm)
6.35
1/4
9.52
3/8
12.70
1/2
15.88
5/8
19.05
3/4
Dimension A ( +0
-0.4 ) (mm)
R410A
R22
9.0
9.1
13.0
13.2
16.2
16.6
19.4
19.7
—
23.3
Flare nut dimensions
Nominal
Outside
dimensions(inch) diameter (mm)
6.35
1/4
9.52
3/8
12.70
1/2
15.88
5/8
19.05
3/4
Dimension B (mm)
R22
R410A
17.0
17.0
22.0
22.0
24.0
26.0
27.0
29.0 *
36.0
* 36.0mm for
indoor unit
of RP100,
125 and 140
3 Tools for R410A (The following table shows whether conventional tools can be used or not.)
Tools and materials
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
Gas leak detector
Refrigerant recovery equipment
Refrigerant cylinder
Applied oil
R410A tools
Can R22 tools be used? Can R407C tools be used?
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool for HFC refrigerant
Tool exclusive for R410A
Tool exclusive for R410A
Ester oil, ether oil and alkyEster oil, ether oil:
Alkylbenzene oil: minimum amount
lbenzene oil (minimum amount)
Prevent compressor malfunction Tool exclusive for R410A
Safety charger
when charging refrigerant by
spraying liquid refrigerant
Prevent gas from blowing out Tool exclusive for R410A
Charge valve
when detaching charge hose
Vacuum drying and air
Vacuum pump
Tools for other refrigerants can
(Usable if equipped
(Usable if equipped
with adapter for reverwith adapter for reverpurge
be used if equipped with adapse flow)
se flow)
ter for reverse flow check
Flaring work of piping
Tools for other refrigerants
Flare tool
(Usable by adjusting
(Usable by adjusting
can be used by adjusting
flaring dimension)
flaring dimension)
flaring dimension
Bend the pipes
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Bender
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Cut the pipes
Pipe cutter
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Welder and nitrogen gas cylinder Weld the pipes
Tools for other refrigerants can be used
Refrigerant charging scale Charge refrigerant
Vacuum gauge or thermis- Check the degree of vacuum. (Vacuum Tools for other refrigerants
valve prevents back flow of oil and refri- can be used
tor vacuum gauge and
gerant to thermistor vacuum gauge)
vacuum valve
Refrigerant charge
Charging cylinder
Tool exclusive for R410A
: Prepare a new tool. (Use the new tool as the tool exclusive for R410A.)
: Tools for other refrigerants can be used under certain conditions.
: Tools for other refrigerants can be used.
OCH526B
Use
Air purge, refrigerant charge
and operation check
Gas leak check
Refrigerant recovery
Refrigerant charge
Apply to flared section
6
4
SPECIFICATIONS
Service Ref.
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage)
Max. current
External finish
Refrigerant control
Compressor
Model
Motor output
Starter type
Protection devices
Crankcase heater
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan(drive) o No.
Fan motor output
Airflow
Defrost method
Noise level
Dimensions
REFRIGERANT PIPING
Between the indoor &
outdoor unit
kW
HP switch, LP switch
Discharge thermo, Comp. surface thermo
—
Plate fin coil
Propeller fan o 2
0.074+0.074
100 (3,530)
Reverse cycle
Cooling
Heating
W
D
H
50
51
dB
dB
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
kg (lb)
kg (lb)
5.5 (12.1)
L
mm (in)
mm (in)
1.40 (FV50S)
9.52 (3/8)
15.88 (5/8)
Flared
Flared
Max. 30 m
Max. 75 m
Liquid
Gas
Indoor side
Outdoor side
Height difference
Piping length
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage)
Max. current
External finish
Refrigerant control
Compressor
Model
Motor output
Starter type
Protection devices
OUTDOOR UNIT
51
52
950 (37-3/8)
330+30 (13+1-3/16)
1,350 (53-1/8)
120 (265)
R410A
Service Ref.
Crankcase heater
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan(drive) o No.
Fan motor output
Airflow
Defrost method
Noise level
Dimensions
Weight
Refrigerant
Charge
REFRIGERANT PIPING
35
Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Linear Expansion Valve
Hermetic
ANB33FJMMT
2.5
Inverter
kW
K/min (CFM)
Charge
Connection method
Single 50 Hz, 230V
29.5
A
W
Weight
Refrigerant
Oil (Model)
Pipe size O.D.
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
Oil (Model)
Pipe size O.D.
Connection method
Between the indoor &
outdoor unit
OCH526B
3phase, 50 Hz, 400V
13
Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Linear Expansion Valve
Hermetic
ANB33FJLMT
2.5
Inverter
A
kW
HP switch, LP switch
Discharge thermo, Comp. surface thermo
—
Plate fin coil
Propeller fan o 2
0.074+0.074
100 (3,530)
Reverse cycle
51
52
950 (37-3/8)
330+30 (13+1-3/16)
1,350 (53-1/8)
134 (295)
R410A
W
kW
K/min (CFM)
Cooling
Heating
W
D
H
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
dB
dB
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
kg (lb)
5.5 (12.1)
kg (lbs)
1.40 (FV50S)
9.52 (3/8)
15.88 (5/8)
Flared
Flared
Max. 30 m
Max. 75 m
L
Liquid
mm (in)
Gas
mm (in)
Indoor side
Outdoor side
Height difference
Piping length
7
Service Ref.
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
OUTDOOR UNIT
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage)
Max. current
External finish
Refrigerant control
Compressor
Model
Motor output
Starter type
Protection devices
Crankcase heater
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan(drive) o No.
Fan motor output
Airflow
Defrost method
Noise level
Dimensions
REFRIGERANT PIPING
Between the indoor &
outdoor unit
kW
HP switch, LP switch
Discharge thermo, Comp. surface thermo
—
Plate fin coil
Propeller fan o 2
0.074+0.074
100 (3,530)
Reverse cycle
50
51
dB
dB
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
kg (lb)
5.5 (12.1)
L
Liquid
mm (in)
Gas
mm (in)
Indoor side
Outdoor side
Height difference
Piping length
1.40 (FVC68D)
9.52 (3/8)
15.88 (5/8)
Flared
Flared
Max. 30 m
Max. 75 m
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage)
Max. current
External finish
Refrigerant control
Compressor
Model
Motor output
Starter type
Protection devices
OUTDOOR UNIT
51
52
950 (37-3/8)
330+30 (13+1-3/16)
1,350 (53-1/8)
120 (265)
R410A
Service Ref.
Crankcase heater
Heat exchanger
Fan
Fan(drive) o No.
Fan motor output
Airflow
Defrost method
Noise level
Dimensions
Weight
Refrigerant
Charge
REFRIGERANT PIPING
35
Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Linear Expansion Valve
Hermetic
ANB33FJRMT
2.5
Inverter
kg (lb)
Charge
Connection method
29.5
kW
K/min (CFM)
Weight
Refrigerant
Oil (Model)
Pipe size O.D.
Single 50 Hz, 230V
A
W
Cooling
Heating
W
D
H
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
Oil (Model)
Pipe size O.D.
Connection method
Between the indoor &
outdoor unit
OCH526B
3phase, 50Hz, 400V
13
Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Linear Expansion Valve
Hermetic
ANB33FJQMT
2.5
Inverter
A
kW
HP switch, LP switch
Discharge thermo, Comp. surface thermo
—
Plate fin coil
Propeller fan o 2
0.074+0.074
100(3,530)
Reverse cycle
51
52
950(37-3/8)
330+30(13+1-3/16)
1,350(53-1/8)
134(295)
R410A
W
kW
K/min (CFM)
Cooling
Heating
W
D
H
dB
dB
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
kg (lb)
5.5(12.1)
kg (lb)
1.40(FVC68D)
9.52(3/8)
15.88(5/8)
Flared
Flared
Max. 30 m
Max. 75 m
L
Liquid
mm (in)
Gas
mm (in)
Indoor side
Outdoor side
Height difference
Piping length
8
DATA
5
5-1. REFILLING REFRIGERANT CHARGE (R410A: kg)
Service Ref.
Piping length (one way)
30 m
40 m
50 m
60 m
75 m
Factory
charged
6.7
7.3
7.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
5.5
10 m
20 m
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
5.1
5.3
5.5
6.1
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
5.1
5.3
5.5
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
5.1
5.3
5.5
Additional charge is required for pipes
longer than 10 m.
5-2. COMPRESSOR TECHNICAL DATA
(at 20:)
Service Ref.
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
Compressor model
ANB33FJMMT
ANB33FJLMT
ANB33FJRMT
ANB33FJQMT
U-V
0.188
0.302
0.188
0.305
U-W
0.188
0.302
0.188
0.305
W-V
0.188
0.302
0.188
0.305
Winding
Resistance
(")
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
5-3. NOISE CRITERION CURVES
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 μbar)
MODE SPL(dB)
COOLING
51
HEATING
52
LINE
90
80
70
NC-70
MICROPHONE
1m
60
UNIT
NC-60
50
NC-50
1.5m
40
NC-40
30
NC-30
20
10
APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NOISE
63
OCH526B
125
250
500 1000 2000 4000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
GROUND
NC-20
8000
9
FREE
Ov
er
10
m
m
m
m
50
1
er
Ov
10
Service space
Over
Front piping hole
(Knockout)
92
92
65
Power supply wiring hole
(2- 27Knockout)
Front trunking hole 40
45
(Knockout)
19
92
75
55
92
Air intake
Right piping hole
(Knockout)
Piping Knockout Hole Details
500
Over
150
40
65
45
Less than
92
92
40
Rear piping hole
(Knockout)
Rear trunking hole
(Knockout)
Handle for moving
Side Air Intake
Handle for moving
Power supply wiring hole
(2- 27Knockout)
FOUNDATION
Rear Air Intake
Piping and wiring connections
can be made from 4 directions:
front, right, rear and below.
<Foundation bolt height>
4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS
Please secure the unit firmly
with 4 foundation (M10) bolts.
(Bolts and washers must be
purchased locally.)
Right trunking hole
(Knockout)
Power supply wiring hole
(2- 27Knockout)
Handle for moving
1 ···Indication of STOP VALVE connection location.
···Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) 9.52(3/8 inch)
···Refrigerant GAS pipe connection (FLARE) 15.88(5/8 inch)
Example of Notes
er
mm
00
10
0m
m
er
1
Ov
Ov
Over
Over
3 FOUNDATION BOLTS
30
Dimensions of space needed
for service access are
shown in the below diagram.
330
Handle
for
moving
Handle for moving
Side Air Intake
1350
30
322
220
175
145
145
145
Earth terminal
950
Air Discharge
Installation Feet
600
Rear Air Intake
42
Drain hole
(5- 33)
71
2
1
Handle for moving
Service panel
Terminal connection
Left ····Power supply wiring
Right··· Indoor/Outdoor wiring
2-12 x 36 Oval holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
66
175
2-U Shaped notched holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
417
2 SERVICE SPACE
71
The diagram below shows a
basic example.
Explanation of particular details is
given in the installation manuals etc.
55
27
635
371
(19)
45
56
370
53
28
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit)
73 63
23
63
23 27 92
73
Front piping cover
1,079
930
SHW·YHA
A
SHW·VHA
Bottom piping hole
(Knockout)
Rear piping cover
+1 443
30
23
219
500
73 63
23
55
27
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
81
A
OCH526B
10
+1 447
6
OUTLINES AND DIMENSIONS
Unit: mm
FREE
mm
10
0
15
er
er
Ov
Ov
mm
10
Service space
Over
500
Over
Front piping hole
(Knockout)
92
{92
65
Power supply wiring hole
(2-{27Knockout)
Front trunking hole 40
45
(Knockout)
19
92
75
Right piping hole
(Knockout)
Piping Knockout Hole Details
55
{92
Air intake
Handle for moving
*1 ···Indication of STOP VALVE connection location.
Over
150
500
40
65
45
Right trunking hole
(Knockout)
92
{92
40
Rear piping hole
(Knockout)
Rear trunking hole
(Knockout)
Side Air Intake
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Power supply wiring hole
(2-{27Knockout)
FOUNDATION
Rear Air Intake
Piping and wiring connections
can be made from 4 directions:
front, right, rear and below.
Please secure the unit firmly
with 4 foundation (M10) bolts.
(Bolts and washers must be
purchased locally.)
<Foundation bolt height>
4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS
Power supply wiring hole
(2-{27Knockout)
Over
3 FOUNDATION BOLTS
Less than
Dimensions of space needed
for service access are
shown in the below diagram.
1····Refrigerant GAS pipe connection (FLARE){15.88(5/8 inch)
2····Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE){ 9.52(3/8 inch)
Example of Notes
mm
00
10
m
10
m
er
Ov
er
Ov
55
27
63
23 27 92
73
30
2 SERVICE SPACE
73 63
Handle for moving
Side Air Intake
322
600
145
Air Discharge
Installation Feet
66
175
2-U Shaped notched holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
30
220
145
145
Earth terminal
950
42
175
Rear Air Intake
Drain hole
(5-{33)
71
(
2
1
Handle for moving
Service panel
Terminal connection
Left・・・Power supply wiring
Right・・Indoor/Outdoor wiring
2-12 x 36 Oval holes
(Foundation Bolt M10)
417
Front piping cover
)
Rear piping cover
930
YHA
A
1,079
VHA
Bottom piping hole
(Knockout)
*1 431
The diagram below shows a
basic example.
Explanation of particular details is
given in the installation manuals etc.
73 63
23
55
27
A
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit)
1350
330
23
30
(19)
45
56
370
53
28
71
635
371
219
81
*1447
OCH526B
11
23
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
Unit: mm
WIRING DIAGRAM
7
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
SYMBOL
TB1
MC
MF1, MF2
21S4
63H
63L
63HS
TH3
TH4
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH32
TH33
TH34
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
NAME
Terminal Block<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor>
Motor for Compressor
Fan Motor
Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve)
High Pressure Switch
Low Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor<Liquid>
Thermistor<Discharge>
Thermistor<2-Phase Pipe>
Thermistor<Ambient>
Thermistor (internal) <Heat Sink>
Thermistor<Suction>
Thermistor<Ref. check>
Thermistor<Comp. Surface>
Linear Expansion Valve
SYMBOL
DCL
CB
CY1, CY2
P. B.
U, V, W
LI
NI
P2
N2
DCL1, DCL2
IGBT
EI, E2, E3, E4
52C
C. B.
NAME
Reactor
Main Smoothing Capacitor
Capacitor
Power Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase>
Connection Terminal<L-Phase>
Connection Terminal<N-Phase>
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal<Reactor>
Power Module
Connection Terminal<Ground>
52C Relay
Controller Circuit Board
Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History,
Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
SW1
SYMBOL
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
SW9
SWP
CN31
CNDM
CN51
SV1/CH
SS
CNM
LED1, LED2
F1, F2, F3, F4
X51, X52, X54
NAME
Switch<Test Operation>
Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
Switch<Model Select>
Switch<Function Switch>
Switch<Function Switch>
Switch<Function Switch>
Switch<Pump Down>
Connector<Emergency Operation>
Connector<Connection for Option>
Connector<Connection for Option>
Connector<Connection for Option>
Connector<Connection for Option>
Connector<Connection for Option>
LED<Operation Inspection Indicators>
Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
Relay
LEV-C
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
C. B.
t°
5
1
F1
1
F3
CNAC
(WHT)
1
2
3
SW6
SW1
SW5
3
7
21S4 1
(GRN)
F4
4
3
1
X51
F2
CNS
(WHT)
3 S V1 1
3 SS
(WHT)
/CH
(GRY)
1
CN2M
(WHT)
CND
(WHT)
3 1
CN31
5
LEV-C
(BLU)
2
M-NET ADAPTER
2
*3
CN52C
(RED)
1 3
C N4
(WHT)
1 2
X54
TRANS
1
CNDC
(PNK)
14
CNM
(WHT)
*1
CN51 CNDM CN3S
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
1 3
63H
(YLW)
CN2
1 (WHT) 7
1 3 1
5
CNVMNT CNMNT
(WHT) (WHT)
1
CN5
(WHT)
1
5
SW4 SWP SW8
1 3
63L
(RED)
3
3
t°
1 3 1 2 1
4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
5
5 1
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
(YLW) (BLK) (RED) (WHT)(WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (RED)
CNF2
7 (WHT)
2
t°
5
5
3
5
LED1
1
M
X52
MF2
MS
3~
t°
M
When M-NET adapter is connected
M
*1
CNF1
7 (WHT)
1
t° t°
LEV-B
TH34
LED2
MF1
MS
3~
t°
63HS
LEV-A
SW7
63L
SW9
63H
1
3
3
1
A B S
TB7
3
1
M-NET
5
21S4
2
7
1 2
C N4
(WHT)
1
3
C N2
(WHT)
7
P. B.
CN52C
3 (RED)
1
52C
52C
B LK
CNDC
(PNK) 3
N2
(RED)
CNAC2
+
+
1
P2
RED
-
1
IGBT
3
~
B LK
E2
WHT
CB
E3
2
1
TH8
+
3
~
(WHT)
CNAC1
t°
E4
DCL2
BLK
WHT
RED
W V U
W
DCL
V
U
MS
3~
EI
DCL1
B LK
NI
RE D
W HT
LI
B LK
M-NET ADAPTER
L
SW9-3,4 *4
3°C or less
(lnitial setting)
ON
OFF
0°C or less
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Ambient temp.
–3°C or less
–6°C or less
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
INDOOR
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
MODEL
80V
112V
1 2 3 4
SW6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW5-6 *2
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
*4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
OCH526B
NAME
Terminal Block<M-NET connection>
Connector<Transmission>
Connector<Power Supply>
Connector<M-NET communication>
*1 MODEL SELECT
SW9-3,4 *4
ON
OFF
BRN
S1 S2 S3 TB1
N
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
Ambient temp.
SYMBOL
TB7
CN5
CND
CN2M
CY1
CY2
ORN
GRN/YLW
YLW
BLU
RED
MC
12
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
SYMBOL
TB1
TB2
MC
MF1, MF2
21S4
63H
63L
63HS
TH3
TH4
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH32
TH33
TH34
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C
ACL1, ACL2, ACL3, ACL4
CY1, CY2
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
NAME
Terminal Block<Power Supply>
Terminal Block<Indoor/Outdoor>
Motor for Compressor
Fan Motor
Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve)
High Pressure Switch
Low Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor<Liquid>
Thermistor<Discharge>
Thermistor<2-Phase Pipe>
Thermistor<Ambient>
Thermistor<Heat Sink>
Thermistor<Suction>
Thermistor<Ref. check>
Thermistor<Comp. Surface>
Linear Expansion Valve
Reactor
Capacitor
SYMBOL
CK
RS
P. B.
TB-U/V/W
TB-L1/L2/L3
TB-N
X52CA
N. F.
LI1, LI2. LI3, NI
LO1, LO2, LO3, NO
GD1, GD3
CONV. B.
L1-A1/IN
L1-A2/OU
L2-A2/OU
L3-A2/OU
N-IN
CK-OU
NAME
Capacitor
Rush Current Protect Resistor
Power Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<U/V/W-Phase>
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal
52C Relay
Noise Filter Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal<L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal<Ground>
Converter Circuit Board
Connection Terminal<L1-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal<L1-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal<L2-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal<L3-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal
SYMBOL
C. B.
NAME
Controller Circuit Board
Switch<Manual
Defrost,
Defect History,
SW1
Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
Switch<Test Operation>
SW4
Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
SW5
Switch<Model Select>
SW6
Switch<Function Switch>
SW7
Switch<Function Switch>
SW8
Switch<Function Switch>
SW9
Switch<Pump Down>
SWP
Connector<Emergency Operation>
CN31
Connector<Connection for Option>
CNDM
Connector<Connection for Option>
CN51
Connector<Connection for Option>
SV1/CH
Connector<Connection for Option>
SS
Connector<Connection for Option>
CNM
LED1, LED2 LED<Operation Inspection Indicators>
F1, F2, F3, F4 FUSE<T6.3AL250V>
X51, X52, X54 Relay
LEV-C
63L
t°
M
M
TH34
t°
5
5
3
t°
3
SW5
SW6
SW1
CN51 CNDM CN3S
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
5
LEV-C
(BLU)
X52
21S4 1
(GRN)
F4
4
3
1
X51
F1
1
1
CN2M
(WHT)
CND
(WHT)
3 1
CN31
7
F3
CNAC
(WHT)
1
2
M-NET ADAPTER
2
*3
3
1
2
F2
14
CNM
(WHT)
*1
5
CN4
(WHT)
1 2
CN2
1 (WHT) 7
TRANS
1
CNDC
(PNK)
1
X54
3
2
1 3 1
5
CNVMNT CNMNT
(WHT) (WHT)
SW4 SWP SW8
3
63L
(RED)
CN5
(WHT)
1
5
5
LED1
1
1
3
63H
(YLW)
CNS
(WHT)
When M-NET adapter is connected
M
4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
1 3 1 2 1
5
5 1
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34
LEV-A
LEV-B
(YLW) (BLK) (RED) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT)
(RED)
CNF2
7 (WHT)
3
LEV-B
*1
CNF1
7(WHT)
1
t°
LED2
MF2
MS
3~
1
t° t°
t°
LEV-A
SW7
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
C. B.
MF1
MS
3~
63HS
SW9
63H
3 SV1
1
/CH
3 SS
(WHT)
(GRY)
1
A B S
3
1
TB7
M-NET
3
1
5
21S4
3
TH8
P. B.
7
2
2
M-NET ADAPTER
t°
SYMBOL
TB7
CN5
CND
CN2M
7 1 2
1 3 1 21 2 1
CN2
CN4
CN7 CN6 CN5
(WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (WHT)
RED
RED
TB-L1
TB-L2
TB-L3
BLK
WHT
RED
NAME
Terminal Block<M-NET connection>
Connector<Transmission>
Connector<Power Supply>
Connector<M-NET communication>
RS
L1
L2
WHT
21
LI1
LO2
WHT
L3
BLK
LI3
LO3
BLK
N
BLU
NI
NO
BLU
1 2 3 4
RED
1 2 3 4 5 6
SW6
ON
OFF
140Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW5-6 *2
BLK CK-OU
N-IN
BLU
ON
OFF
+
+
3
1 CNL
(BLU)
BRN
BLK
2
3
WHT
CNDC 1
(PNK)
GD3
Ambient temp.
0°C or less
SW9-3,4 *4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
Ambient temp.
–3°C or less
SW9-3,4 *4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
*4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
OCH526B
SW5-6 *2
ON
OFF
MODEL
ACL3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
BLK
SW9-3,4 *4
SW6
ON
OFF
ACL2
ACL4
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
The black square( )indicates a switch position.
ON
OFF
The black square( )indicates
a switch position.
MODEL
112Y
RED
-
Ambient temp.
*1 MODEL SELECT
ACL1
LI2
GD1
3°C or less
(lnitial setting)
L1-A2
RED
L2-A2
L1-OU
WHT
BLK
WHT
L2-OU
L1-IN
RED
CNAC2
3 (RED)
LO1
GRN/YLW
POWER
SUPPLY
3N~
400V 50Hz
RED
CNCT
(RED) 1
3
RED
N. F.
TB1
CONV. B.
1
2
CNAC1
(WHT) 1
L3-A2
BLK
L3-OU
CN7
(WHT)
3
L1-A1
S3
3
MC
BRN
INDOOR
UNIT
S2
ORN
S1
CK
V W
U MS
3~
YLW
TB2
BLK
CY1
CY2
RED TB-U
WHT TB-V
BLK TB-W
X52CA
TB-N
13
Ambient temp.
–6°C or less
SW9-3,4 *4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
SYMBOL
TB1
TB2
MC
MF1, MF2
21S4
63H
63L
63HS
TH3
TH4
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH32
TH33
TH34
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C
ACL1, ACL2, ACL3, ACL4
CY1, CY2
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
NAME
Terminal Block <Power Supply>
Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor>
Motor for Compressor
Fan Motor
Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve)
High Pressure Switch
Low Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor <Liquid>
Thermistor <Discharge>
Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe>
Thermistor <Ambient>
Thermistor <Heat Sink>
Thermistor <Suction>
Thermistor <Ref. check>
Thermistor <Comp. Surface>
Linear Expansion Valve
Reactor
Capacitor
SYMBOL
CK
RS
P. B.
TB-U/V/W
TB-L1/L2/L3
TB-N
X52CA/B
N. F.
LI1, LI2. LI3, NI
LO1, LO2, LO3, NO
GD1, GD3
CONV. B.
L1-A1/IN
L1-A2/OU
L2-A2/OU
L3-A2/OU
N-IN
CK-OU
NAME
Capacitor
Rush Current Protect Resistor
Power Circuit Board <L1/L2/L3-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <U/V/W-Phase>
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal
52C Relay
Noise Filter Circuit Board
Connection Terminal <L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <Ground>
Converter Circuit Board
Connection Terminal <L1-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <L1-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <L2-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal <L3-Power Supply>
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal
SYMBOL
C. B.
NAME
Controller Circuit Board
Switch
<
Manual
Defrost, Defect History,
SW1
Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
Switch <Test Operation>
SW4
Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
SW5
Switch <Model Select>
SW6
Switch <Function Switch>
SW7
Switch <Function Switch>
SW8
Switch <Function Switch>
SW9
Switch <Pump Down>
SWP
Connector <Emergency Operation>
CN31
Connector <Connection for Option>
CNDM
Connector <Connection for Option>
CN51
Connector <Connection for Option>
SV1/CH
Connector <Connection for Option>
SS
Connector <Connection for Option>
CNM
LED1, LED2 LED <Operation Inspection Indicators>
F1, F2, F3, F4 FUSE <T6.3AL250V>
X51, X52, X54 Relay
LEV-C
63L
M
1
3
63H
(YLW)
2
F2
CNS
(WHT)
F1
3
1
21S4 1
(GRN)
F4
4
3
SW6
SW7
*3
1
CN2M
(WHT)
CND
(WHT)
3 1
CN31
5
LEV-C
(BLU)
7
F3
CNAC
(WHT)
1
2
M-NET ADAPTER
2
3
1
1
X51
1
CNDC
(PNK)
*1 * 1
5
CN4
(WHT)
1 2
CN2
1 (WHT) 7
TRANS
2
14
CNM
(WHT)
X54
3
1
1 3 1
5
CNVMNT CNMNT
(WHT) (WHT)
SW9
3
63L
(RED)
CN5
(WHT)
1
5
SW1
1
5
5
3
5
t°
4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
1 3 1 2 1
5
5 1
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34
LEV-A
LEV-B
(YLW) (BLK) (RED) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT)
(RED)
CNF2
7 (WHT)
3
M
TH34
t°
X52
1
t°
LED1
MF2
MS
3~
CNF1
7(WHT)
t° t°
LED2
1
t°
When M-NET adapter is connected
M
CN51 CNDM CN3S
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
t°
LEV-B
SW5
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
C. B.
MF1
MS
3~
63HS
LEV-A
SW4 SWP SW8
63H
3 SV1
1
/CH
3 SS
(WHT)
(GRY)
1
A B S
3
1
TB7
M-NET
3
1
5
21S4
TH8
3
P. B.
2
7
2
M-NET ADAPTER
t°
L3IN
TB-L2
1 3 1 21 2 1
7 1 2
CN2
CN7 CN6 CN5
CN4
(WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (WHT)
L3OUT
TB-L3
BLK
X52CB
WHT
X52CA
RED
SYMBOL
TB7
CN5
CND
CN2M
BLK
RED
NAME
Terminal Block <M-NET connection>
Connector <Transmission>
Connector <Power Supply>
Connector <M-NET communication>
RS
RED
TB-L1
RED
L1-A2
L1-OU
WHT
RED
L2-A2
L2-OU
WHT
LI1
L2
WHT
LI2
LO2
WHT
BLK
LI3
LO3
BLK
N
BLU
NI
NO
BLU
N-IN
BLK CK-OU
BLU
ACL3
BRN
1 CNL
(BLU)
ACL4
temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
*3 Ambient
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
Ambient temp.
3°C or less
(lnitial setting)
*
SW9-3,4
ON
OFF
*4
1 2 3 4
Ambient temp.
0°C or less
SW9-3,4
ON
OFF
*4
1 2 3 4
Ambient temp.
-3°C or less
SW9-3,4
ON
OFF
*4
1 2 3 4
4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
OCH526B
1 2 3 4 5 6
140Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW5-6
*2
1 2 3 4 5 6
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
WHT
BLK
BLK
2
3
*2
SW6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW5-6
ON
OFF
ACL2
+
CNDC 1
(PNK)
SW6
ON
OFF
MODEL
+
GD3
MODEL
112Y
RED
L3
GD1
MODEL SELECT
black square ( ) indicates
*1The
a switch position.
ACL1
RED
LO1
L1-IN
L1-A1
CNAC2
3 (RED)
21
L1
GRN/YLW
POWER
SUPPLY
3N~
400V 50Hz
CNCT
(RED) 1
3
RED
N. F.
TB1
CONV. B.
1
2
CNAC1
(WHT) 1
BLK
3
MC
RED
S3
L3-A2
BLK
3
BRN
S2
CK
CN7
(WHT)
ORN
S1
BLK
V W
U MS
3~
YLW
TB2
INDOOR
UNIT
L3-OU
RED
WHT
BLK
CY1
CY2
TB-U
TB-V
TB-W
TB-N
14
Ambient temp.
-6°C or less
SW9-3,4
ON
OFF
*4
1 2 3 4
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
SYMBOL
TB1
MC
MF1, MF2
21S4
63H
63L
63HS
TH3
TH4
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH32
TH33
TH34
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C
NAME
Terminal Block <Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor>
Motor for Compressor
Fan Motor
Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve)
High Pressure Switch
Low Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor <Liquid>
Thermistor <Discharge>
Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe>
Thermistor <Ambient>
Thermistor (internal) <Heat Sink>
Thermistor <Suction>
Thermistor <Ref. check>
Thermistor <Comp. Surface>
Linear Expansion Valve
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
SYMBOL
DCL
CB
CY1, CY2
P. B.
U, V, W
LI
NI
P2
N2
DCL1, DCL2
IGBT
EI, E2, E3, E4
52C
C. B.
NAME
Reactor
Main Smoothing Capacitor
Capacitor
Power Circuit Board
Connection Terminal <U/V/W-Phase>
Connection Terminal <L-Phase>
Connection Terminal <N-Phase>
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal
Connection Terminal <Reactor>
Power Module
Connection Terminal <Ground>
52C Relay
Controller Circuit Board
Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History,
Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
SW1
SYMBOL
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
SW9
SWP
CN31
CNDM
CN51
SV1/CH
SS
CNM
LED1, LED2
F1, F2, F3, F4
X51, X52, X54
LEV-C
63L
LEV-B
M
M
TH34
When M-NET adapter is connected
M
5
1 3
63H
(YLW)
CN2
1 (WHT) 7
1
CNDC
(PNK)
F2
F3
CNAC
(WHT)
1
2
F1
1
3
5
LEV-C
2
CNS
(WHT)
3
(BLU)
7
21S4 1
(GRN)
F4
4
3
1
3 S V1 1
3 SS
(WHT)
/CH
(GRY)
SW7
SW6
CN52C
(RED)
1 3
1
CN5
(WHT)
1
M-NET ADAPTER
2
*3
CN2M
(WHT)
1
CND
(WHT)
3 1
CN31
5
C N4
(WHT)
1 2
X51
TRANS
14
CNM
(WHT)
X54
3
2
1
*1 *1
SW9
1 3
63L
(RED)
1 3 1
5
CNVMNT CNMNT
(WHT) (WHT)
SW5
t°
1 3 1 2 1
4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
5
5 1
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
(YLW) (BLK) (RED) (WHT)(WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (RED)
CNF2
7 (WHT)
3
t°
LED1
1
t°
X52
MF2
MS
3~
CNF1
7 (WHT)
1
t° t°
LED2
MF1
MS
3~
t°
5
5
SW4 SWP SW8
t°
5
3
C. B.
SW1
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
63HS
LEV-A
CN51 CNDM CN3S
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
63H
NAME
Switch <Test Operation>
Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
Switch <Model Select>
Switch <Function Switch>
Switch <Function Switch>
Switch <Function Switch>
Switch <Pump Down>
Connector <Emergency Operation>
Connector <Connection for Option>
Connector <Connection for Option>
Connector <Connection for Option>
Connector <Connection for Option>
Connector <Connection for Option>
LED <Operation Inspection Indicators>
Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
Relay
1
3
3
1
A B S
TB7
3
1
M-NET
5
21S4
7
2
1 2
C N4
(WHT)
1
3
C N2
(WHT)
7
P. B.
CN52C
3 (RED)
1
52C
52C
B LK
WHT
CNDC
(PNK) 3
N2
E3
2
1
(RED)
CNAC2
CB
+
+
P2
1
IGBT
-
3
~
B LK
E2
RED
1
TH8
+
3
~
(WHT)
CNAC1
t°
E4
DCL2
BLK
WHT
RED
W V U
W
EI
DCL1
B LK
NI
LI
B LK
DCL
V
U
MS
3~
M-NET ADAPTER
N
BRN
CY1
CY2
ORN
GRN/YLW
YLW
RED
L
BLU
MC
SW9-3,4 *4
3: or less
(lnitial setting)
ON
OFF
0: or less
ON
OFF
Ambient temp.
-3: or less
1 2 3 4
-6: or less
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
MODEL
INDOOR
UNIT
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
SW6
80V
ON
OFF
112V
ON
OFF
SW5-6 *2
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
*4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
OCH526B
NAME
Terminal Block <M-NET connection>
Connector <Transmission>
Connector <Power Supply>
Connector <M-NET communication>
*1 MODEL SELECT
SW9-3,4 *4
1 2 3 4
SYMBOL
TB7
CN5
CND
CN2M
S1 S2 S3 TB1
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
Ambient temp.
RE D
W HT
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
15
1 2 3 4 5 6
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
SYMBOL
TB1
TB2
MC
MF1, MF2
21S4
63H
63L
63HS
TH3
TH4
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH32
TH33
TH34
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C
ACL1, ACL2, ACL3, ACL4
CY1, CY2
NAME
Terminal Block〈Power Supply〉
Terminal Block〈Indoor/Outdoor〉
Motor for Compressor
Fan Motor
Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve)
High Pressure Switch
Low Pressure Switch
High Pressure Sensor
Thermistor〈Liquid〉
Thermistor〈Discharge〉
Thermistor〈2-Phase Pipe〉
Thermistor〈Ambient〉
Thermistor〈Heat Sink〉
Thermistor〈Suction〉
Thermistor〈Ref. check〉
Thermistor〈Comp. Surface〉
Linear Expansion Valve
Reactor
Capacitor
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
SYMBOL
CK
RS
P. B.
TB-U/V/W
TB-L1/L2/L3
TB-N
X52CA/B
N. F.
LI1, LI2. LI3, NI
LO1, LO2, LO3, NO
GD1, GD3
CONV. B.
L1-A1/IN
L1-A2/OU
L2-A2/OU
L3-A2/OU
N-IN
CK-OU
NAME
SYMBOL
NAME
Capacitor
Controller Circuit Board
C. B.
Rush Current Protect Resistor
Switch
〈
Manual
Defrost, Defect History,
SW1
Record Reset, Refrigerant Address 〉
Power Circuit Board〈 L1/L2/L3-Power Supply 〉
Switch〈 Test Operation 〉
SW4
Connection Terminal〈 U/V/W-Phase 〉
Switch〈 Function Switch, Model Select 〉
SW5
Connection Terminal
Switch〈 Model Select 〉
SW6
Connection Terminal
Switch〈 Function Switch 〉
SW7
52C Relay
Switch〈 Function Switch 〉
Noise Filter Circuit Board
SW8
Switch〈 Function Switch 〉
SW9
Connection Terminal〈 L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply 〉
Switch〈 Pump Down 〉
SWP
Connection Terminal〈 L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply 〉
Connector〈 Emergency Operation 〉
CN31
Connection Terminal〈 Ground 〉
Connector〈 Connection for Option 〉
CNDM
Converter Circuit Board
Connector〈 Connection for Option 〉
CN51
Connection Terminal〈 L1-Power Supply 〉
Connector〈 Connection for Option 〉
SV1/CH
Connection Terminal〈 L1-Power Supply 〉
Connector〈 Connection for Option 〉
SS
Connection Terminal〈 L2-Power Supply 〉
Connector〈 Connection for Option 〉
CNM
Connection Terminal〈 L3-Power Supply 〉
LED1, LED2 LED〈 Operation Inspection Indicators 〉
Connection Terminal
F1, F2, F3, F4 FUSE〈 T6.3AL250V 〉
Connection Terminal
X51, X52, X54 Relay
LEV-C
63L
LEV-A
LEV-B
M
M
63HS
TH34
When M-NET adapter is connected
M
t°
t°
3
21S4 1
(GRN)
F4
F1
4
3
1
SW5
SW6
CNDM CN3S
(WHT) (WHT)
3 SV1
1
/CH
3 SS
(WHT)
(GRY)
CN51
(WHT)
F3
CNAC
(WHT)
1
2
1
7
X52
F2
5
LEV-C
(BLU)
2
CNS
(WHT)
1
CN2M
(WHT)
CND
(WHT)
3 1
3
1
X51
1
CNDC
(PNK)
M-NET ADAPTER
2
*3
CN31
5
CN4
(WHT)
1 2
CN2
1 (WHT) 7
TRANS
14
CNM
(WHT)
X54
3
1
*1
SW1
3
63L
(RED)
1 3 1
5
CNVMNT CNMNT
(WHT) (WHT)
SW4 SWP SW8
1
1
3
63H
(YLW)
3
t°
4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
1 3 1 2 1
5
5 1
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34
LEV-A
LEV-B
(YLW) (BLK) (RED) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT)
(RED)
CNF2
7 (WHT)
2
t°
*1
CNF1
7(WHT)
1
t° t°
t°
5
5
LED1
MF2
MS
3~
1
LED2
MF1
MS
3~
5
CN5
(WHT)
1
5
3
C. B.
SW7
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
SW9
63H
1
A B S
3
1
TB7
M-NET
3
1
5
21S4
3
TH8
P. B.
2
7
2
t°
L3IN
TB-L2
7 1 2
1 3 1 21 2 1
CN2
CN4
CN7 CN6 CN5
(WHT) (WHT) (RED) (WHT) (WHT)
L3OUT
TB-L3
BLK
X52CB
WHT
X52CA
RED
RED
TB-L1
BLK
RS
RED
YLW
3
1
RED
L1-A2
L2-A2
L1-OU
RED
WHT
WHT
L3-A2
CONV. B.
21
CNAC2
3 (RED)
N-IN
BLU
CNCT
(RED) 1
3
RED
CNAC1
(WHT) 1
L1-IN
2
N. F.
BLK CK-OU
MC
L1-A1
S3
L2-OU
BLK
BLK
L3-OU
3
RED
S2
CK
BRN
INDOOR
UNIT
V W
U MS
3~
ORN
S1
BLK
TB2
CN7
(WHT)
RED
WHT
BLK
CY1
CY2
TB-U
TB-V
TB-W
TB-N
ACL1
TB1
L1
POWER
SUPPLY
3N~
400V 50Hz
L2
RED
LI1
LO1
RED
WHT
LI2
LO2
WHT
LO3
BLK
NO
BLU
BLK
N
BLU
NI
GRN/YLW
L3
LI3
3
1 CNL
(BLU)
WHT
BLK
BLK
2
3
BRN
CNDC 1
(PNK)
GD3
ACL3
M-NET ADAPTER
SYMBOL
TB7
CN5
CND
CN2M
+
+
GD1
ACL2
ACL4
*1 MODEL SELECT
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
MODEL
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
Ambient temp.
SW9-3,4 *4
3: or less
(lnitial setting)
ON
OFF
0: or less
ON
OFF
Ambient temp.
-3: or less
1 2 3 4
*4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
OCH526B
ON
OFF
140Y
ON
OFF
SW5-6 *2
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
-6: or less
SW6
112Y
SW9-3,4 *4
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
NAME
Terminal Block <M-NET connection>
Connector <Transmission>
Connector <Power Supply>
Connector <M-NET communication>
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
16
1 2 3 4 5 6
8
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD ELECTRICAL WIRING (power wiring specifications)
Outdoor unit model
Outdoor unit power supply
*1
Wiring
Wire No. ×
size (mm2)
Outdoor unit input capacity Main switch (Breaker)
Outdoor unit power supply
Indoor unit-Outdoor unit
Indoor unit-Outdoor unit earth
Remote controller-Indoor unit
Outdoor unit L-N (single)
Outdoor unit L1-N, L2-N, L3-N (3 phase)
Indoor unit-Outdoor unit S1-S2
Indoor unit-Outdoor unit S2-S3
Remote controller-Indoor unit
Circuit rating
*2
*2
*3
SHW80V
SHW112V
SHW112, 140Y
~/N (single),
50 Hz, 230 V
32 A
3 × Min. 4
3 × 1.5 (Polar)
1 × Min. 1.5
2 × 0.3 (Non-polar)
~/N (single),
50 Hz, 230 V
40 A
3 × Min. 6
3 × 1.5 (Polar)
1 × Min. 1.5
2 × 0.3 (Non-polar)
3N~ (3 ph 4-wires),
50 Hz, 400 V
16 A
5 × Min. 1.5
3 × 1.5 (Polar)
1 × Min. 1.5
2 × 0.3 (Non-polar)
*4
AC 230 V
AC 230 V
AC 230 V
*4
*4
*4
AC 230 V
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
AC 230 V
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
AC 230 V
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
*1. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
Make sure that the current leakage breaker is one compatible with higher harmonics.
Always use a current leakage breaker that is compatible with higher harmonics as this unit is equipped with an inverter.
The use of an inadequate breaker can cause the incorrect operation of inverter.
*2. (SHW80 - 140)
Max. 45 m
If 2.5 mm² used, Max. 50 m
If 2.5 mm² used and S3 separated, Max. 80 m
*3. The 10 m wire is attached in the remote controller accessory.
*4. The figures are NOT always against the ground.
S3 terminal has DC 24 V against S2 terminal. However between S3 and S1, these terminals are NOT electrically insulated by the transformer or other device.
Notes: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Power supply cables and the cables between Interface unit/Flow temp. controller and outdoor unit shall not be lighter than polychloroprene
sheathed flexible cables. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
3. Be sure to connect the cables between Interface unit/Flow temp. controller and outdoor unit directly to the units (no intermediate connections
are allowed).
Intermediate connections may result in communication errors. If water enters at the intermediate connection point, it may cause insufficient
insulation to ground or a poor electrical contact .
(If an intermediate connection is necessary, be sure to take measures to prevent water from entering the cables.)
4. Install an earth longer than other cables.
5. Do not construct a system with a power supply that is turned ON and OFF frequently.
Power
supply
Isolator
Outdoor Unit
3 poles isolator
S1
S1
S2
S2
S3
S3
Indoor unit
(Interface unit /
Flow temp.
controller)
Warning:
· In case of A-control wiring, there is high voltage potential on the S3 terminal caused by electrical circuit design that has no electrical insulation
between power line and communication signal line. Therefore, please turn off the main power supply when servicing. And do not touch the S1, S2, S3
terminals when the power is energized. If isolator should be used between indoor unit and outdoor unit, please use 3-pole type.
Never splice the power cable or the indoor-outdoor connection cable, otherwise it may result in a smoke, a fire or communication failure.
OCH526B
17
9
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM DIAGRAM
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
P-sensor
TH7
(Ambient)
Heat exchanger
TH6
(2-phase pipe)
Ball valve
REV/N
Refrigerant
GAS pipe
connection
(5/8 inch)
Strainer
#50
Charge plug
(High pressure)
Charge plug
(Low pressure)
TH3
(Liquid)
H/P SW
Muffler
Distributor
L/P SW
TH33
(Ref. check)
TH32
(Suction)
Strainer
#100
TH4
(Discharge)
Strainer
#100
TH34
(Comp. surface)
Strainer
#100
LEV-B
Injection port
COMP
Power
receiver
Refrigerant
LIQUID pipe
Strainer
connection
#100
(3/8 inch) Stop valve
(with service port)
Symbol
LEV-A
Strainer
#100
HIC
LEV-C
Parts name
Refrigerant flow in cooling
Refrigerant flow in heating
Detail
COMP
Compressor
DC inverter scroll compressor (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
H/P SW
High pressure switch (63H)
For protection (OFF: 4.15MPa)
L/P SW
Low pressure switch (63L)
For protection (OFF: -0.03MPa)
REV/V
Reversing (4-way) valve (21S4)
Change the refrigerant circuit (Heating / Cooling) and for Defrosting
Charge plug
Charge plug
High pressure / Low pressure / For production test use
P-Sensor
Pressure sensor (63HS)
For calculation of the condensing temperature from high pressure
LEV-A
Linear expansion valve -A
Heating:Secondary LEV
Cooling:Primary LEV
LEV-B
Linear expansion valve -B
Heating:Primary LEV
Cooling:Secondary LEV
LEV-C
Linear expansion valve -C
For HIC (heating only)
TH32
Suction temperature thermistor
For LEV control
TH33
Refrigerant leakage detection
(Ref. check) thermistor
For refrigerant leakage detection
TH3
Liquid temperature thermistor
Heating:Evaporating temperature
TH4
Discharge temperature thermistor
For LEV control and for compressor protection
TH6
2-phase pipe temperature thermistor
Outdoor 2-phase pipe temperature
TH7
Ambient temperature thermistor
For fan control and for compressor frequency control
TH34
Comp. surface temperature thermistor For protection
Power Receiver Power Receiver
For accumulation of refrigerant
HIC
Heat interchange circuit
For high heating capacity
Plate HEX
Plate Heat Exchanger
MWA2-38PA (MITSUBISHI)
TH1
Outlet water temperature thermistor
For flow temp. controller
TH2
Liquid pipe temperature thermistor
For flow temp. controller
OCH526B
18
Cooling:Sub cool liquid temperature
<Reference>
System example
9-1. REFRIGERANT COLLECTING (PUMP DOWN)
When relocating or disposing of the indoor/outdoor unit, pump down the system following the procedure below so that no refrigerant is released into the atmosphere.
1 Turn off the power supply (circuit breaker).
2 Connect the low-pressure valve on the gauge manifold to the charge plug (low-pressure side) on the outdoor unit.
3 Close the liquid stop valve completely.
4 Supply power (circuit breaker).
• When power is supplied, make sure that “CENTRALLY CONTROLLED” is not displayed on the remote controller. If “CENTRALLY CONTROLLED” is displayed, the refrigerant collecting (pump down) cannot be completed normally.
• Start-up of the indoor-outdoor communication takes about 3 minutes after the power (circuit breaker) is turned on. Start the
pump-down operation 3 to 4 minutes after the power (circuit breaker) is turned on.
5 Perform the refrigerant collecting operation (cooling test run).
• Push the pump-down SWP switch (push-button type) on the control board of the outdoor unit. The compressor and ventilators
(indoor and outdoor units) start operating (refrigerant collecting operation begins). (LED1 and LED2 on the control board of
the outdoor unit are lit.)
• Only push the pump-down SWP switch if the unit is stopped. However, even if the unit is stopped and the pump-down SWP
switch is pushed less than 3 minutes after the compressor stops, the refrigerant collecting operation cannot be performed.
Wait until the compressor has been stopped for 3 minutes and then push the pump-down SWP switch again.
6 Fully close the ball valve on the gas pipe side of the outdoor unit when the pressure gauge on the gauge manifold shows 0.05
to 0 MPa [Gauge] (approx. 0.5 to 0 kgf/cm²) and quickly stop the air conditioner.
• Because the unit automatically stops in about 3 minutes when the refrigerant collecting operation is completed (LED1 off,
LED2 lit), be sure to quickly close the gas ball valve. However, if LED1 is lit, LED2 is off, and the unit is stopped, open the
liquid stop valve completely, close the valve completely after 3 minutes or more have passed, and then repeat step 5. (Open
the gas ball valve completely.)
• If the refrigerant collecting operation has been completed normally (LED1 off, LED2 lit), the unit will remain stopped until the
power supply is turned off.
• Note that when the extension piping is very long with a large refrigerant amount, it may not be possible to perform a pumpdown operation. In this case, use refrigerant recovery equipment to collect all of the refrigerant in the system.
7 Turn off the power supply (circuit breaker), remove the gauge manifold, and then disconnect the refrigerant pipes.
Warning:
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes.
• If the refrigerant pipes are disconnected while the compressor is operating and the stop valve (ball valve) is open, the
pressure in the refrigeration cycle could become extremely high if air is drawn in, causing the pipes to burst, personal
injury, etc.
9-2. UNIT REPLACEMENT OPERATION
When reusing the existing pipes that carried R22 refrigerant for the SW75/100/120 models, replacement operation
must be performed before performing a test run.
1 If new pipes are used, these procedures are not necessary.
2 If existing pipes that carried R22 refrigerant are used for the SW75/100/120 models, these procedures are not necessary.
(The replacement operation cannot be performed.)
3 During replacement operation, “C5” is displayed on “A-Control Service Tool (PAC-SK52ST)”. (This is applied to only
SW75/100/120 models.)
9-3. START AND FINISH OF TEST RUN
• Operation from the indoor unit
Execute the test run using the installation manual for the indoor unit.
• Operation from the outdoor unit
By using the DIP switch SW4 on the control board of outdoor unit, test run can be started and finished, and its operation
mode (cooling/heating) can be set up.
<SW4>
1 Set the operation mode (cooling/heating) using SW4-2.
2 Turn on SW4-1 to start test run with the operation mode set by SW4-2.
3 Turn off SW4-1 to finish the test run.
ON
OFF
• There may be a faint knocking sound around the machine room after power is supplied, but this is
1
no problem with product because the linear expansion pipe is just moving to adjust opening pulse.
• There may be a knocking sound around the machine room for several seconds after compressor
Stop
starts operating. However, this is not a problem with product because it is generated by the check
Cooling
valve itself due to a small pressure difference in the refrigerant circuit.
Note:
The operation mode cannot be changed by SW4-2 during test run. (To change test run mode, stop the unit
change the operation mode and restart the test run by SW4-1.)
OCH526B
19
2
Operation
Heating
by SW4-1,
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
10-1. TROUBLESHOOTING
<Error code display by self-diagnosis and actions to be taken for service (summary)>
Present and past error codes are logged and displayed on the wired remote controller and control board of outdoor unit.
Actions to be taken for service, which depends on whether or not the trouble is reoccurring at service, are summarized in the
table below. Check the contents below before investigating details.
Unit conditions at service
Error code
Actions to be taken for service (summary)
Displayed
Judge what is wrong and take a corrective action according
to “10-4. Self-diagnosis action table”.
Not displayed
Conduct troubleshooting and ascertain the cause of the
trouble according to “10-5. Troubleshooting of problems”.
The trouble is reoccurring.
Logged
Consider the temporary defects such as the work of
protection devices in the refrigerant circuit including
compressor, poor connection of wiring, noise and etc.
Re-check the symptom, and check the installation
environment, refrigerant amount, weather when the
trouble occurred, matters related to wiring and etc.
Reset error code logs and restart the unit after finishing
service.
There is no abnormality in electrical component,
controller board, remote controller and etc.
The trouble is not reoccurring.
Not logged
Re-check the abnormal symptom.
Conduct trouble shooting and ascertain the cause of the
trouble according to “10-5. Troubleshooting of problems”.
Continue to operate unit for the time being if the cause
is not ascertained.
There is no abnormality concerning of parts such as
electrical component, controller board, remote controller
and etc.
10-2. CHECK POINT UNDER TEST RUN
10-2-1. Before test run
(1) Before test run
• After installation of indoor and outdoor units, piping work and electric wiring work, re-check that there is no refrigerant
leakage, loosened connections and incorrect polarity.
• Measure impedance between the ground and the power supply terminal block (L, N) on the outdoor unit by 500V Megger
and check that it is 1.0M" or over.
• Do not use 500V Megger to indoor/outdoor connecting wire terminal block (S1, S2, S3) and remote controller terminal block (1,
2). This may cause malfunction.
• Make sure that test run switch (SW4) is set to OFF before turning on power supply.
• Turn on power supply for 12 hours before test run in order to protect compressor.
• For specific models which requires higher ceiling settings or power failure automatic recovery, make proper changes of
settings referring to the description of “Selection of Functions through Remote Controller”.
Make sure to read operation manual before test run. (Especially items to secure safety.)
OCH526B
20
10-2-2. Test run for wired remote controller <PAR-31MAA>
MENU RETURN SELECT
ON/OFF
Function buttons
F1
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Select "Test run" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
F2
F3
F4
Service menu
button.
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting
Check
Self check
Main menu:
Cursor
F1
2 Select "Test run" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
F2
F3
F4
Test run menu
Test run
Drain pump test run
Service menu:
Cursor
F1
Test run operation
Test run
Press the F1 button to go through the operation modes in the order of "Cool
and Heat".
Cool mode: Check the cold air blow off.
Heat mode: Check the heat blow off.
F3
F4
Remain
Pipe
Cool
Switch disp.
Mode
F1
Press the
F2
Auto
Fan
F2
F3
F4
button and open the Vane setting screen.
Remain
Auto vane check
Check the auto vane with the F1 F2 buttons.
• Check the operation of the outdoor unit’s fan.
Vane
Press the
button to return to “Test run operation”.
F1
Press the
button.
When the test run is completed, the “Test run menu” screen will appear.
• The test run will automatically stop after two hours.
OCH526B
21
F2
F3
F4
<Error information>
When an error occurs, the following screen will appear.
Check the error status, stop the operation, and consult your dealer.
1 Error code, error unit, refrigerant address, unit model name, and serial
number will appear.
The model name and serial number will appear only if the information have
been registered.
Press the F1 or F2 button to go to the next page.
Error information
Error code
Error unit IU
Ref. address
Unt#
Model name
Serial No.
1
Reset error: Reset button
Page
Reset
F1
Contact information (dealer's phone number) will appear if the information have
been registered.
F2
F3
F4
blinks
Error information
Contact information
Dealer
Tel
Reset error: Reset button
Page
Reset
2 Press the F4 button or the
button to reset the error that is occurring.
Errors cannot be reset while the ON/OFF operation is prohibited.
Error information
Error code
Error unit IU
Ref. address
Unt# 1
Model name
Serial No.
Reset error: Reset button
Page
Reset
F1
Select "OK" with the F4 button.
F2
F3
F4
Error reset
Reset current error?
F1
F2
Cancel
OK
F3
F4
Error reset
Error reset
Navigating through the screens
• To go back to the Main menu ..........
OCH526B
Main menu:
button
22
blinks
<Checking the error information>
While no errors are occurring, page 2/2 of the error information can be viewed by
selecting "Error information" from the Main menu.
Errors cannot be reset from this screen.
Main
Main menu
Restriction
Energy saving
Night setback
Filter information
Error information
Main display:
Cursor
Page
F1
F2
F3
F4
<Error history>
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Select "Check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
Service menu
button.
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting
Check
Self check
Main menu:
Cursor
F1
2 Select "Error history" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
F2
F3
F4
Check menu
Error history
Refrigerant volume check
Refrigerant leak check
Smooth maintenance
Request code
Service menu:
Cursor
Error history
Error history
3 Select "Error history" from the Check menu, and press the
up to 16 error history records.
button to view
Four records are shown per page, and the top record on the first page
indicates the latest error record.
Error Unt#
dd/mm/yy
Check menu:
Delete
Page
F1
F2
F3
F4
Error history
Deleting the error history
4 To delete the error history, press the F4 button (Delete) on the screen that
shows error history.
A confirmation screen will appear asking if you want to delete the error history.
Delete error history?
Cancel
OK
Press the F4 button (OK) to delete the history.
Error history
"Error history deleted" will appear on the screen.
Press the
button to go back to the Check menu screen.
Error history deleted
Check menu:
OCH526B
23
blinks
10-2-3. Test run for wired remote controller <PAR-21MAA>
"TEST RUN" and the currently selected
operation mode are displayed alternately.
Displays the remaining
test run time.
Operating procedures
1. Turn on the main power supply.
While the room temperature display on the remote
controller is “PLEASE WAIT”, the remote controller is disabled.
Wait until “PLEASE WAIT” disappears before using remote controller.
“PLEASE WAIT” appears for about 2 minutes after power
supply is turned on. *
2. Press A TEST button twice.
The TEST RUN appears on the screen.
3. Press B OPERATION SWITCH
button.
Cooling mode: Check if cool air blows and water is drained.
Heating mode: Check if warm air blows. (It takes a little
while until warm air blows.)
4. Press C AIR DIRECTION button. Check for correct motion of auto-vanes.
5. Check the outdoor unit fan for
correct running.
[TEST] button
The outdoor unit features automatic capacity control to
provide optimum fan speeds. Therefore, the fan keeps
running at a low speed to meet the current outside air
condition unless it exceeds its available maximum power.
Then, in actuality, the fan may stop or run in the reverse
direction depending on the outside air, but this does not
mean malfunction.
6. Press the ON/OFF button to reset the test run in progress.
Pipe (liquid) temperature
7. Register the contact number.
• In case of test run, the OFF timer will be activated, and the test run will automatically stop after 2 hours.
• The room temperature display section shows the pipe temperature of indoor units during the test run.
• Check that all the indoor units are running properly in case of simultaneous twin operation. Malfunctions may not be
displayed regardless of incorrect wiring.
* After turning on the power supply, the system will go into startup mode, “PLEASE WAIT” will blink on the display section
of the room temperature, and lamp (green) of the remote controller will flash.
As to INDOOR BOARD LED, LED1 will be lit up, LED2 will either be lit up in case the address is 0 or turned off in case
the address is not 0. LED3 will blink.
As to OUTDOOR BOARD LED, LED1 (green) and LED2 (red) will be lit up. (After the startup mode of the system
finishes, LED2 (red) will be turned off.)
In case OUTDOOR BOARD LED is digital display,
— and —
will be displayed alternately every second.
• If one of the above operations does not function correctly, the causes written below should be considered. Find causes from
the symptoms.
The below symptoms are under test run mode. “startup” in the table means the display status of ( ) written above.
Symptoms in test run mode
OUTDOOR BOARD LED Display
Remote Controller Display
< > indicates digital display.
After “startup” is displayed, only
Remote controller displays “PLEASE
green lights up. <00>
WAIT”, and cannot be operated.
After “startup” is displayed,
green(once) and red(once) blink
After power is turned on, “PLEASE WAIT” alternately. <F1>
is displayed for 3 minutes, then error code After “startup” is displayed,
is displayed.
green(once) and red(twice) blink
alternately. <F3, F5, F9>
After “startup” is displayed,
green(twice) and red(once) blink
No display appears even when remote
alternately. <EA. Eb>
controller operation switch is turned on.
After “startup” is displayed, only
(Operation lamp does not light up.)
green lights up. <00>
Display appears but soon disappears
even when remote controller is operated.
After “startup” is displayed, only
green lights up. <00>
Cause
• After power is turned on, “PLEASE WAIT” is displayed for 2
minutes during system startup. (Normal)
• Incorrect connection of outdoor terminal block (L1, L2, L3 and
S1, S2, S3.)
• Outdoor unit’s protection device connector is open.
• Incorrect wiring between the indoor and outdoor unit (Polarity
is wrong for S1, S2, S3.)
• Remote controller transmission wire is short.
• There is no outdoor unit of address 0.
(Address is other than 0.)
• Remote controller transmission wire is open.
• After canceling function selection, operation is not possible for
about 30 seconds. (Normal)
Note: Press the remote controller’s CHECK button twice to perform self-diagnosis. See the table below for the contents of LCD display.
LCD
P1
P2
P4
P5
P6
P8
P9
Fb
Contents of inferior phenomena
Abnormality of room temperature thermistor
Abnormality of pipe temperature thermistor/Liquid
Abnormality of drain sensor/ Float switch connector open
Drain overflow protection is operating.
Freezing/overheating protection is operating.
Abnormality of pipe temperature
Abnormality of pipe temperature thermistor/Cond./Eva
Abnormality of indoor controller board
LCD
U1~UP
F3~F9
E0~E5
E6~EF
---FFFF
PA
PL
Contents of inferior phenomena
Malfunction outdoor unit
Malfunction outdoor unit
Remote controller transmitting error
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
No error history
No applied unit
Forced compressor stop(due to water leakage abnormality)
Abnormality of refrigerant
See the table below for details of the LED display (LED 1, 2, 3) on the indoor controller board.
LED1 (microprocessor power supply)
LED2 (remote controller)
Lights when power is supplied.
Lights when power is supplied for wired remote controller.
The indoor unit should be connected to the outdoor unit with address “0” setting.
LED3 (indoor/outdoor communication)
Flashes when indoor and outdoor unit are communicating.
OCH526B
24
10-2-4. Test run for wireless remote controller
Measure an impedance between the power supply terminal block on
the outdoor unit and ground with a 500V Megger and check that it is
equal to or greater than 1.0M".
1 Turn on the main power to the unit.
TEST RUN
TEST RUN
2 Press the
button twice continuously.
(Start this operation from the status of remote controller display
turned off.)
TEST RUN
and current operation mode are displayed.
A
MODE
3 Press the
(
) button to activate COOL mode, then
check whether cool air is blown out from the unit.
TEMP
ON/OFF
MODE
(
) button to activate HEAT mode, then
4 Press the
check whether warm air is blown out from the unit.
FAN
5 Press the
from the unit.
button and check whether strong air is blown out
MODE
,
VANE
button and check whether the auto vane operates
6 Press the
properly.
7 Press the ON/OFF button to stop the test run.
OCH526B
25
AUTO STOP
VANE
AUTO START
CHECK LOUVER
h
min
TEST RUN
SET
Note:
• Point the remote controller towards the indoor unit receiver
while following steps 2 to 7.
• It is not possible to run in FAN, DRY or AUTO mode.
FAN
RESET
CLOCK
10-3. HOW TO PROCEED "SELF-DIAGNOSIS"
10-3-1. Self-diagnosis <PAR-31MAA>
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Select "Self check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
Service menu
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting
Check
Self check
button.
Main menu:
Cursor
F1
2 With the F1 or F2 button, enter the refrigerant address, and press the
button.
F2
F3
F4
Self check
Ref. address
Select:
Address
3 Error code, unit number, attribute will appear.
Self check
Ref. address
"-" will appear if no error history is available.
Error
Unt #
Grp.IC
Return:
R es e t
When there is no error history
Self check
M-NET address
Error --
Unt #
-
Grp. --
Return:
Reset
4 Resetting the error history.
Self check
Ref. address
Press the F4 button (Reset) on the screen that shows the error history.
Delete error history?
A confirmation screen will appear asking if you want to delete the error history.
Cancel
Press the F4 button (OK) to delete the error history.
Self check
Ref. address
If deletion fails, "Request rejected" will appear.
"Unit not exist" will appear if no indoor units that are correspond to the entered
address are found.
Error history deleted
Return:
Navigating through the screens
• To go back to the Main menu ..........
• To return to the previous screen .......
OCH526B
button
button
26
OK
10-3-2. Remote controller check <PAR-31MAA>
If operations cannot be completed with the remote controller, diagnose the remote controller with this function.
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Service menu
Maintenance password
Remote controller check
Select "Remote controller check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press
button.
the
Main menu:
Cursor
F1
2 Select "Remote controller check" from the Service menu, and press the
but-
F2
F3
F4
Remote controller check
ton to start the remote controller check and see the check results.
Start checking?
To cancel the remote controller check and exit the Remote controller check
menu screen, press the
or the
button.
The remote controller will not reboot itself.
F1
3 OK:
No problems are found with the remote controller. Check other
parts for problems.
E3, 6832: There is noise on the transmission line, or the indoor unit or another
remote controller is faulty. Check the transmission line and the
other remote controllers.
NG (ALL0, ALL1): Send-receive circuit fault. Remote controller needs replacing.
ERC:
The number of data errors is the discrepancy between the number of
bits in the data transmitted from the remote controller and that of the
data that was actually transmitted over the transmission line. If data
errors are found, check the transmission line for external noise interference.
If the
button is pressed after the remote controller check results are displayed, remote controller check will end, and the remote controller will automatically reboot itself.
Check the remote controller display and see if anything is displayed
(including lines). Nothing will appear on the remote controller display
if the correct voltage (8.5 – 12 VDC) is not supplied to the remote controller. If this is the case, check the remote controller wiring and indoor
units.
OCH526B
Begin:
27
F2
F3
F4
Remote controller check results screen
Remote controller check
Start checking?
Begin:
10-3-3. Self-diagnosis <PAR-21MAA>
If a problem occurs in the air conditioner, the indoor and outdoor units will stop,
and the problem is shown in the remote controller display.
[CHECK] and the refrigerant address are displayed on the
temperature display, and the error code and unit number are
displayed alternately as shown below. (If the outdoor unit is
malfunctioning, the unit number will be “00”.)
In the case of group control, for which one remote controller controls
multiple refrigerant systems, the refrigerant address and error code of
the unit that first experienced trouble (i.e., the unit that transmitted
the error code) will be displayed.
To clear the error code, press the
ON/OFF button.
(Alternating Display)
Error code (2 or 4 digits)
Address (3 digits) or unit number (2 digits)
When using remote-/local-controller combined operation, cancel the error code after turning off remote operation. During
central control by a MELANS controller, cancel the error code by pressing the
ON/OFF button.
10-3-4. Self-Diagnosis During Maintenance or Service <PAR-21MAA>
Since each unit has a function that stores error codes, the latest check code can be recalled even if it is cancelled by the remote
controller or power is turned off.
Check the error code history for each unit using the remote controller.
Switch to self-diagnosis mode.
Set the unit number or refrigerant address you want to diagnose.
Press the [TEMP] buttons (
and
) to select the desired number
or address. The number (address) changes between [01] and [50] or [00]
and [15].
Press the CHECK
button twice within 3 seconds. The display content
will change as shown below.
The refrigerant address will begin to blink
approximately 3 seconds after being
selected and the self-diagnosis process will begin.
Unit number or refrigerant address
to be diagnosed
Display self-diagnosis results.
<When there is error code history>
(For the definition of each error code, refer to the indoor unit's installation manual or service handbook.)
(Alternating Display)
Error code (2 or 4 digits)
<When there is no error code history>
Address (3 digits) or unit number (2 digits)
<When there is no corresponding unit>
Reset the error history.
Display the error history in the diagnosis result display screen (see step ).
OCH526B
28
Press the
ON/OFF button twice within 3 seconds. The self-diagnosis
address or refrigerant address will blink.
When the error history is reset, the display will look like the one shown below.
However, if you fail to reset the error history, the error content will be displayed
again.
Cancel self-diagnosis.
Self-diagnosis can be cancelled by the following 2 methods.
Press the
CHECK button twice within 3 seconds.
Press the
ON/OFF button.
Self-diagnosis will be cancelled and the screen will return to the previous state in effect before the
start of self-diagnosis.
Self-diagnosis will be cancelled and the indoor unit will stop.
10-3-5. Remote controller check <PAR-21MAA>
If the air conditioner cannot be operated from the remote controller, diagnose the remote controller as explained below.
First, check that the power-on indicator is lit.
If the correct voltage (DC12 V) is not supplied to the remote controller, the
indicator will not light.
If this occurs, check the remote controller's wiring and the indoor unit.
Power on indicator
Switch to the remote controller self-diagnosis mode.
Press the CHECK
button for 5 seconds or more. The display content will
Press the FILTER button to start self-diagnosis.
change as shown below.
Remote controller self-diagnosis result
[When the remote controller is functioning correctly]
[When the remote controller malfunctions]
(Error display 1) "NG" blinks. ©The remote controller's transmitting-receiving circuit is defective.
Check for other possible causes, as there is no problem with the remote
controller.
The remote controller must be replaced with a new one.
[Where the remote controller is not defective, but cannot be operated.]
(Error display 2) [E3], [6833] or [6832] blinks.© Transmission is not
possible.
(Error display 3) "ERC" and the number of data errors are displayed.
© Data error has occurred.
There might be noise or interference on the transmission path, or the indoor
unit or other remote controllers are defective. Check the transmission path
and other controllers.
The number of data errors is the difference between the number of bits sent
from the remote controller and the number actually transmitted through the
transmission path. If such a problem is occurring, the transmitted data is
affected by noise, etc. Check the transmission path.
When the number of data errors is "02":
Transmission data from remote controller
Transmission data on transmission path
To cancel remote controller diagnosis
Press the
CHECK button for 5 seconds or more. Remote controller diagnosis will be cancelled, "PLEASE WAIT" and operation lamp will blink. After
approximately 30 seconds, the state in effect before the diagnosis will be restored.
OCH526B
29
10-3-6. Self-diagnosis <Wireless remote controller>
<In case of trouble during operation>
When a malfunction occurs to air conditioner, both indoor unit and outdoor unit will stop and operation lamp blinks to inform
unusual stop.
<Malfunction-diagnosis method at maintenance service>
[Procedure]
Refrigerant
address
display
CHECK
CHECK
display
Temperature
button
TEMP
ON/OFF
1. Press the CHECK button twice.
• "CHECK" lights, and refrigerant address
"00" blinks.
• Check that the remote controller's
display has stopped before continuing.
2. Press the temperature
buttons.
• Select the refrigerant address of the
indoor unit for the self-diagnosis.
Note: Set refrigerant address using the
outdoor unit’s DIP switch (SW1).
(For more information, see the
outdoor unit installation manual.)
ON/OFF
button
MODE
FAN
AUTO STOP
VANE
AUTO START
CHECK LOUVER
CHECK
button
min
TEST RUN
SET
h
RESET
CLOCK
HOUR
button
3. Point the remote controller at the • If an air conditioner error occurs, the
sensor on the indoor unit and
indoor unit's sensor emits an intermitpress the HOUR button.
tent buzzer sound, the operation lamp
blinks, and the error code is output.
(It takes 3 seconds at most for error
code to appear.)
4. Point the remote controller at the • The check mode is cancelled.
sensor on the indoor unit and
press the ON/OFF button.
OCH526B
30
‡ Refer to the following tables for details on the check codes.
[Output pattern A]
Beeper sounds
OPERATION
INDICATOR
lamp blink
pattern
Beep
Beep Beep Beep
Off
Beep
1st
2 nd
3 rd
nth
On
On
On
On
Beep Beep
1st
Off
On
2 nd · · · Repeated
On
0.5 sec. Approx. 2.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
Self-check Approx. 2.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
starts.
(Start signal
Number of blinks/beeps in pattern indicates the check
Number of blinks/beeps in pattern indicates
received)
code in the following table. (i.e., n=5 for “P5”)
the check code in the following table.
[Output pattern B]
Beeper sounds
OPERATION
INDICATOR
lamp blink
pattern
Beep
Beep Beep Beep
1st
Off
Self-check Approx. 2.5 sec.
starts.
(Start signal
received)
On
Approx. 3 sec.
2nd
3 rd
On
On
On
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
Beep
Beep
nth
1st
On
Off
0.5 sec. Approx. 2.5 sec.
Number of blinks/beeps in pattern indicates the check
code in the following table. (i.e., n=5 for “U2”)
On
Approx. 3 sec.
Beep
2 nd · · · Repeated
On
On
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
Number of blinks/beeps in pattern indicates
the check code in the following table.
[Output pattern A] Errors detected by indoor unit
Wireless remote controller Wired remote controller
Beeper sounds/OPERATION
Symptom
INDICATOR lamp blinks
Check code
(Number of times)
1
P1
Intake sensor error
P2
Pipe (TH2) sensor error
2
P9
Pipe (TH5) sensor error
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
3
E6,E7
4
P4
Drain sensor error/Float switch connector open
P5
Drain pump error
5
PA
Forced compressor stop(due to water leakage abnormality)
6
P6
Freezing/Overheating protection operation
7
EE
Communication error between indoor and outdoor units
8
P8
Pipe temperature error
9
E4, E5
Remote controller signal receiving error
–
–
10
–
–
11
12
Fb
Indoor unit control system error (memory error, etc.)
14
PL
Abnormality of refrigerant circuit
Remote controller transmission error
E0, E3
–
–
E1, E2
Remote controller control board error
[Output pattern B] Errors detected by unit other than indoor unit (outdoor unit, etc.)
Wireless remote controller Wired remote controller
Beeper sounds/OPERATION
Symptom
INDICATOR lamp blinks
Check code
(Number of times)
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
1
E9
(Transmitting error) (Outdoor unit)
Compressor overcurrent interruption
2
UP
Open/short of outdoor unit thermistors
3
U3,U4
Compressor overcurrent interruption (When compressor locked)
4
UF
5
Abnormal high discharging temperature/insufficient refrigerant
U2
Abnormal high pressure (63H operated)/Overheating
U1,Ud
6
protection operation
Abnormal temperature of heatsink
U5
7
Outdoor unit fan protection stop
8
U8
9
Compressor overcurrent interruption/Abnormal of power module
U6
Abnormality of superheat due to low discharge temperature
10
U7
Abnormality such as overvoltage or voltage shortage and
11
U9,UH
abnormal synchronous signal to main circuit/Current sensor error
–
–
12
–
–
13
Others
Other errors (Refer to the technical manual for the outdoor unit.)
14
Remarks
As for indoor
unit, refer to
indoor unit's
service manual.
Remarks
For details, check
the LED display
of the outdoor
controller board.
Notes: 1. If the beeper does not sound again after the initial 2 beeps to confirm the self-check start signal was received and
the OPERATION INDICATOR lamp does not come on, there are no error records.
2. If the beeper sounds 3 times continuously “beep, beep, beep (0.4 + 0.4 + 0.4 sec.)” after the initial 2 beeps to confirm
the self-check start signal was received, the specified refrigerant address is incorrect.
OCH526B
31
10-4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS ACTION TABLE
<Abnormalities detected when the power is turned on>
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
None
—
(Note 1) Refer to indoor unit section for code P and code E.
Judgment and action
Case
1 No voltage is supplied to terminal 1 Check following items.
a) Power supply breaker
block (TB1) of outdoor unit.
b) Connection of power supply terminal block
a) Power supply breaker is
(TB1)
turned off.
c) Connection of power supply terminal block
b) Contact failure or
(TB1)
disconnection of power
supply terminal
c) Open phase (L or N phase)
2 Check following items.
a) Connection of power supply terminal block
2 Electric power is not charged
(TB1)
to power supply terminal of
b) Connection of terminal on outdoor power
outdoor power circuit board.
circuit board
a) Contact failure of power
supply terminal
Check connection of the connector LI or NI.
b) Open phase on the outdoor
Refer to 10-9.
power circuit board
3 Electric power is not supplied
3 Check connection of the connector (CNDC)
to outdoor controller circuit
on the outdoor controller circuit board.
board.
Check connection of the connector, CNDC on
a) Disconnection of connector
the outdoor power circuit board(V)/the noise
(CNDC)
filter(Y). Refer to 10-9.
4 Disconnection of reactor (DCL
or ACL)
4 Check connection of reactor. (DCL or ACL)
Refer to 10-9.
5 Disconnection of outdoor noise 5 a) Check connection of outdoor noise filter
filter circuit board or parts failure
circuit board.
in outdoor noise filter circuit
b) Replace outdoor noise filter circuit board.
board
Refer to 10-9.
6 Defective outdoor power circuit 6 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
board
7 Defective outdoor controller
7 Replace controller board (When items above
circuit board
are checked but the units can not be repaired).
F3
(5202)
63L connector open
1 Disconnection or contact failure 1 Check connection of 63L connector on
Abnormal if 63L connector circuit is open for
outdoor controller circuit board.
of 63L connector on outdoor
3 minutes continuously after power supply.
Refer to 10-9.
controller circuit board
2 Disconnection or contact failure 2 Check the 63L side of connecting wire.
63L: Low-pressure switch
of 63L
3 Check refrigerant pressure.
3 63L is working due to
Charge additional refrigerant.
refrigerant leakage or defective
Check continuity by tester.
parts.
Replace the parts if the parts are defective.
4 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
4 Defective outdoor controller
circuit board
F5
(5201)
63H connector open
1 Disconnection or contact failure
Abnormal if 63H connector circuit is open for
of 63H connector on outdoor
3 minutes continuously after power supply.
controller circuit board
2 Disconnection or contact failure
63H: High-pressure switch
of 63H
3 63H is working due to defective
parts.
4 Defective outdoor controller
circuit board
OCH526B
32
1 Check connection of 63H connector on
outdoor controller circuit board.
Refer to 10-9.
2 Check the 63H side of connecting wire.
3 Check continuity by tester.
Replace the parts if the parts are defective.
4 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Error Code
2 connector open
Abnormal if both 63H and 63L connector
circuits are open for three minutes
continuously after power supply.
F9
(4119)
EA
(6844)
Eb
(6845)
Case
Judgment and action
1 Disconnection or contact failure
of connector (63H,63L) on
outdoor controller circuit board.
2 Disconnection or contact failure
of 63H, 63L
3 63H and 63L are working due
to defective parts.
4 Defective outdoor controller
board.
1 Check connection of connector (63H,63L) on
outdoor controller circuit board.
Refer to 10-9.
2 Check the 63H and 63L side of connecting
wire.
3 Check continuity by tester.
Replace the parts if the parts are defective.
4 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
1 Contact failure or miswiring of
indoor/outdoor unit connecting
wire
2 Diameter or length of indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire is
out of specified capacity.
3 4 or more indoor units are
connected to one outdoor unit.
4 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of outdoor controller
circuit board
5 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of indoor controller board
6 Defective indoor power board
7 2 or more outdoor units have
refrigerant address “0” .
(In case of group control)
8 Noise has entered into power
supply or indoor / outdoor unit
connecting wire.
1 Check disconnection or looseness or polarity
of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire of
indoor and outdoor units.
Abnormal point and detection method
63H: High-pressure switch
63L: Low-pressure switch
Indoor/outdoor unit connector
miswiring, excessive number of units (4
units or more)
1. Outdoor controller circuit board can
automatically check the number of
connected indoor units. Abnormal if the
number cannot be checked automatically
due to miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire and etc. after power is
turned on for 4 minutes.
2. Abnormal if outdoor controller circuit
board recognizes the number of
connected indoor units as “4 units or
more”.
2 Check diameter and length of indoor/outdoor
unit connecting wire.
Total wiring length: 80m
(including wiring connecting each indoor unit
and between indoor and outdoor unit)
Also check if the connection order of flat
cable is S1, S2, S3.
3 Check the number of indoor units that are
connected to one outdoor unit. (If EA is
detected)
4~6 Turn the power off once, and on again to
check.
Replace outdoor controller circuit board,
indoor controller board or indoor power
board if abnormality occurs again.
Miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire (converse wiring or
disconnection)
Outdoor controller circuit board can
automatically set the unit number of indoor
units.
Abnormal if the indoor unit number can
not be set within 4 minutes after power
on because of miswiring (converse wiring
or disconnection) of indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire.
1 Contact failure or miswiring of 7 Check if refrigerant addresses (SW1-3 to
indoor/outdoor unit connecting
SW1-6 on outdoor controller circuit board) are
wire
overlapping in case of group control system.
2 Diameter or length of indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire is 8 Check transmission path, and remove the
out of specified capacity.
cause.
4 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of outdoor controller circuit Note: The descriptions above, 1~8, are for EA,
board
Eb and EC.
5 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of indoor controller board
6 Defective indoor power board
7 2 or more outdoor units have
refrigerant address “0” .
(In case of group control)
8 Noise has entered into power
supply or indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire.
Start-up time over
The unit cannot finish start-up process
within 4 minutes after power on.
1 Contact failure of indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire
2 Diameter or length of indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire is
out of specified capacity.
7 2 or more outdoor units have
refrigerant address “0” .
(In case of group control)
8 Noise has entered into power
supply or indoor/outdoor unit
connecting wire.
EC
(6846)
OCH526B
33
<Abnormalities detected while unit is operating>
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
High pressure (High pressure switch
63H operated)
Abnormal if high pressure switch 63H
operated (4.15 MPa) during compressor
operation.
63H: High pressure switch
U1
(1302)
High discharging temperature
(1) Abnormal if TH4 exceeds 125: or
110: continuously for 5 minutes.
Abnormal if TH4 exceeds 110: or
more continuously for 30 seconds after
90 seconds have passed since the
defrosting operation started.
U2
(1102)
Case
1 Short cycle of indoor unit
2 Clogged filter of indoor unit
3 Decreased airflow caused by
dirt of indoor fan
4 Dirt of indoor heat exchanger
5 Locked indoor fan motor
6 Malfunction of indoor fan motor
7 Defective operation of stop
valve (Not full open)
8 Clogged or broken pipe
9 Locked outdoor fan motor
0 Malfunction of outdoor fan
motor
1 Short cycle of outdoor unit
2 Dirt of outdoor heat exchanger
3 Decreased airflow caused by
defective inspection of outside
temperature thermistor
(It detects lower temperature
than actual temperature.)
4 Disconnection or contact failure
of connector (63H) on outdoor
controller board
5 Disconnection or contact failure
of 63H connection
6 Defective outdoor controller
board
7 Defective action of linear
expansion valve
8 Malfunction of fan driving circuit
Judgment and action
1~6Check indoor unit and repair defect.
1 Overheated compressor
operation caused by shortage
of refrigerant
2 Defective operation of stop
valve
3 Defective thermistor
4 Defective outdoor controller
board
1 Check intake superheat.
Check leakage of refrigerant.
Charge additional refrigerant.
2 Check if stop valve is fully open.
7 Check if stop valve is fully open.
8 Check piping and repair defect.
9~2 Check outdoor unit and repair defect.
3 Check the detected temperature of outside
temperature thermistor on LED display.
(SW2 on A-Control Service Tool : Refer to
10-10.)
4~6 Turn the power off and check F5 is
displayed when the power is turned again.
When F5 is displayed, refer to “Judgment
and action” for F5.
7 Check linear expansion valve.
Refer to 10-6.
8 Replace outdoor controller board.
34 Turn the power off and check if U3 is
displayed when the power is turned on again.
When U3 is displayed, refer to “Judgement
(2) Abnormal if discharge superheat
and action” for U3.
(Cooling: TH4 – T63HS / Heating: TH4 – 5 Defective action of linear
5 Check linear expansion valve.
T63HS)
expansion valve
Refer to 10-6.
exceeds 70: continuously for 10
6 Clogging with foreign objects in 6 After recovering refrigerant, remove water
minutes.
refrigerant circuit
from entire refrigerant circuit under vacuum
* Clogging occur in the parts
more than 1 hour.
TH4: Thermistor <Discharge>
which become below freezing
point when water enters in
High comp. surface temperature
refrigerant circuit.
Abnormal if TH34 exceeds 125:.
7 In the case of the unit does not
In the case of high comp. surface
restart:
temperature error, compressor does
Detection temp. of thermistor
not restart unless the thermistor (TH34)
(TH34) ] 95:
becomes less than 95:.
TH34: Thermistor <Comp. surface>
U3
(5104)
Open/short circuit of outdoor unit
temperature thermistor (TH4, TH34)
Abnormal if open (3: or less) or short
(217: or more) is detected during
compressor operation.
(Detection is inoperative for 10 minutes
of compressor starting process and for 10
minutes after and during defrosting.)
TH4: Thermistor <Discharge>
TH34: Thermistor <Comp. surface>
OCH526B
1 Disconnection or contact failure 1 Check connection of connector (TH4, TH34)
on the outdoor controller circuit board.
of connectors (TH4, TH34) on
Check breaking of the lead wire for
the outdoor controller circuit
TH4, TH34. Refer to 10-9.
board
2 Check resistance value of TH4, TH34 or
2 Defective thermistor
temperature by microprocessor.
(Thermistor/TH4, TH34: Refer to 10-6.)
(SW2 on A-Control Service Tool: Refer to 10-10.)
3 Defective outdoor controller
3 Replace outdoor controller board.
circuit board
34
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
(
U4
(TH3:5105)
(TH6:5107)
(TH7:5106)
(TH8:5110)
(TH32:5105)
(TH33:5105)
Judgment and action
Case
Open/short of outdoor unit thermistors 1 Disconnection or contact failure 1 Check connection of connector (TH3, TH32, TH33,
(TH3, TH32, TH33, TH6, TH7, and TH8)
of connectors
TH7/6) on the outdoor controller circuit board.
Abnormal if open or short is detected
Outdoor controller circuit board:
Check connection of connector (CN3) on the
during compressor operation.
TH3, TH32, TH33, TH7/6
outdoor power circuit board.
Open detection of TH3, TH32, TH33 and
Outdoor power circuit board:
Check breaking of the lead wire for TH3,
TH6 is inoperative for 10 seconds to 10
CN3
TH32, TH33, TH6, TH7, TH8.
minutes after compressor starting and 10
Refer to 10-9.
minutes after and during defrosting.
2 Check resistance value of TH3, TH32, TH33,
Note: Check which unit has abnormality in 2 Defective thermistor
TH6,TH7,TH8 or check temperature by
its thermistor by switching the mode
microprocessor.
of SW2. (PAC-SK52ST)
(TH3,TH6,TH7,TH8: Refer to 10-6.)
(Refer to 10-10.)
(SW2 on A-Control Service Tool: Refer to 10-10.)
)
3 Defective outdoor controller
circuit board
Thermistors
Symbol
TH3,TH32,TH33
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH8
U5
(4230)
U6
(4250)
U7
(1520)
U8
(4400)
Name
Thermistor <Liquid>, <Suction>, <Ref. check>
Thermistor <2-phase pipe>
Thermistor <Ambient>
Thermistor <Heatsink> SHW112, 140Y
Internal thermistor SHW80, 112V
Temperature of heatsink
Abnormal if TH8 detects temperature indicated below.
SHW80V ·········································95:
SHW112V ·········································95:
SHW112Y ·········································84:
SHW140Y ·········································84:
TH8: Internal thermistor (80/112V)
TH8: Thermistor <Heatsink> (112/140Y)
3 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Note: Emergency operation is available in
case of abnormalities of TH3, TH32,
TH33, TH6 and TH7.
Refer to 10-8.
Open detection
Short detection
- 40 °C or below
- 40 °C or below
- 40 °C or below
- 35 °C or below
- 35 °C or below
90 °C or above
90 °C or above
90 °C or above
102 °C or above
170 °C or above
1 The outdoor fan motor is locked. 12 Check outdoor fan.
2 Failure of outdoor fan motor
3 Check air flow path for cooling.
3 Air flow path is clogged.
4 Rise of ambient temperature
4 Check if there is something which causes
temperature rise around outdoor unit.
(Upper limit of ambient temperature is 46:.)
Turn off power, and on again to check if U5 is
displayed within 30 minutes.
If U4 is displayed instead of U5, follow the
action to be taken for U4.
5 Check resistance value of TH8 or tempera5 Defective thermistor
ture by microprocessor.
(TH8: Refer to 10-6.)
(SW2 on A-Control Service Tool: Refer to 10-10.)
6 Defective input circuit of
6 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
outdoor power circuit board
7 Failure of outdoor fan drive circuit 7 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Power module
1 Outdoor stop valve is closed.
Check abnormality by driving power module 2 Decrease of power supply voltage
in case overcurrent is detected.
3 Looseness, disconnection or converse
(UF or UP error condition)
of compressor wiring connection
4 Defective compressor
5 Defective outdoor power circuit board
1 Open stop valve.
2 Check facility of power supply.
3 Correct the wiring (U•V•W phase) to compressor.
Refer to 10-9 (Outdoor power circuit board).
4 Check compressor referring to 10-6.
5 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Too low superheat due to low discharge
temperature
Abnormal if discharge superheat is
continuously detected less than or equal
to -15: for 3 minutes even though linear
expansion valve has minimum open pulse
after compressor starts operating for 10
minutes.
12 Check the installation conditions of
discharge temperature thermistor (TH4).
1 Disconnection or loose
connection of discharge
temperature thermistor (TH4)
2 Defective holder of discharge
temperature thermistor
3 Disconnection or loose connection
of linear expansion valve’s coil
4 Disconnection or loose connection
of linear expansion valve’s connector
5 Defective linear expansion valve
Outdoor fan motor
1 Failure in the operation of the
Abnormal if rotational frequency of the fan motor DC fan motor
is not detected during DC fan motor operation. 2 Failure in the outdoor circuit
Fan motor rotational frequency is abnormal if;
controller board
• 100 rpm or below detected continuously
for 15 seconds at 20: or more outside
air temperature.
• 50 rpm or below or 1500 rpm or more
detected continuously for 1 minute.
OCH526B
35
3 Check the coil of linear expansion valve.
Refer to 10-7.
4 Check the connection or contact of LEV-A and
LEV-B on outdoor controller circuit board.
5 Check linear expansion valve. Refer to 10-6.
1 Check or replace the DC fan motor.
2 Check the voltage of the outdoor circuit
controller board during operation.
3 Replace the outdoor circuit controller board.
(When the failure is still indicated even after
performing the action 1 above.)
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
Case
Judgment and action
Detailed To find out the details about U9 error, turn ON SW2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5 and 2-6 when U9 error occurs.
codes To find out the detail history (latest) about U9 error, turn ON SW2-1, 2-2 and 2-6.
Refer to 10-10.
01
Overvoltage error
1 Abnormal increase in power source
• Increase in DC bus voltage to
voltage
SHW80, 112VHA: 400V
2 Disconnection of compressor wiring
SHW112, 140YHA: 760V
3 Defective outdoor power circuit
board
4 Compressor has a ground fault.
02
U9
(4220)
04
08
Undervoltage error
1 Decrease in power source voltage,
• Instantaneous decrease in DC instantaneous stop.
bus voltage to
2 Disconnection or loose connection
SHW80, 112VHA: 200V
of CN52C on the outdoor power
SHW112, 140YHA: 350V
circuit board/controller circuit board
(SHW·VHA)
3 Defective converter drive circuit
in outdoor power circuit board
(SHW·VHA)
4 Defective 52C drive circuit in outdoor
power circuit board
5 Defective outdoor converter circuit
board (SHW·YHA)
6 Disconnection or loose connection
of rush current protect resistor RS
(SHW·YHA)
7 Defective rush current protect
resistor RS (SHW·YHA)
8 Disconnection or loose connection
of main smoothing capacitor CB
(SHW·VHA)
9 Disconnection or loose connection
of CN2 on the outdoor power circuit
board /controller circuit board
(SHW·VHA)
0 Power circuit failure on DC supply for
18V DC output on outdoor controller
circuit board (SHW·VHA)
1 Check the field facility for the power
supply.
2 Correct the wiring (U.V.W phase) to
compressor. Refer to 10-9 (Outdoor
power circuit board).
3 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
4 Check compressor for electrical insulation. Replace compressor.
1 Check the field facility for the power
supply.
2 Check CN52C wiring. (SHW·VHA)
3 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
(SHW·VHA)
4 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
5 Replace outdoor converter circuit
board. (SHW·YHA)
6 Check RS wiring. (SHW·YHA)
7 Replace RS. (SHW·YHA)
8 Check CB wiring. (SHW·VHA)
9 Check CN2 wiring. (SHW·VHA)
0 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
(SHW·VHA)
Input current sensor error/
1 L1-phase open (SHW·YHA)
L1-phase open error
• Decrease in input current
2 Disconnection or loose connection
through outdoor unit to 0.1A
between TB1 and outdoor noise filter
only if operation frequency is
circuit board (SHW·YHA)
more than or equal to 40Hz
3 Disconnection or loose connection
or compressor current is more of CN5 on the outdoor power circuit
than or equal to 6A.
board/CNCT on the outdoor noise
filter board
4 Defective ACCT (AC current trans)
on the outdoor noise filter circuit
board (SHW·YHA)
5 Defective input current detection
circuit in outdoor power circuit board
6 Defective outdoor controller circuit
board
1 Check the field facility for the power
supply. (SHW·YHA)
2 Check the wiring between TB1 and
outdoor noise filter circuit board.
(SHW·YHA)
3 Check CN5/CNCT wiring. (SHW·YHA)
Abnormal power synchronous 1 Distortion of power source voltage,
signal
noise superimposition.
• No input of power synchronous 2 Disconnection or loose connection
signal to power circuit board
of earth wiring
• Power synchronous signal
3 Disconnection or loose connection
of 44 Hz or less, or 65 Hz or
of CN2 on the outdoor power circuit
more is detected on power
board /controller circuit board
circuit board.
4 Defective power synchronous signal
circuit in outdoor controller circuit
board
5 Defective power synchronous signal
circuit in outdoor power circuit board
1 Check the field facility for the power
supply.
2 Check earth wiring.
OCH526B
36
4 Replace outdoor noise filter circuit
board. (SHW·YHA)
5 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
6 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
3 Check CN2 wiring.
4 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
5 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Continue to the next page
From the previous page.
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
20
PFC/IGBT error
1 Incorrect switch settings on the 1 Correction of a model select
(Undervoltage)
outdoor controller circuit board
• When Compressor is running,
for model select
DC bus voltage stays at 310V or 2 Defective outdoor power circuit 2 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
lower for consecutive 10 seconds
board
(SHW80, 112VHA only)
3 Defective outdoor controller
3 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
circuit board
U9
(4220)
UE
(1302)
Overheat protection
Abnormal if TH3, condensing temperature
T63HS detects 70: or more during compressor operation.
TH3: Thermistor <Liquid>
Not applicable for SHW80,
112VHA and SHW112, 140YHA
models.
1 Defective outdoor fan (fan
motor) or short cycle of outdoor
unit during cooling operation
2 Defective TH3, condensing
temperature T63HS
3 Defective outdoor controller board
Abnormal pressure of 63HS
1 Disconnection or contact
Abnormal if 63HS detects 0.1 MPa or less.
failure of connector (63HS) on
Detection is inoperative for 3 minutes after
the outdoor controller circuit
compressor starting and 3 minutes after
board
and during defrosting.
2 Defective pressure sensor
63HS: High pressure sensor
3 Defective outdoor controller
circuit board
UF
(4100)
UH
(5300)
Judgment and action
10
Detailed
codes
Ud
(1504)
Case
PFC error (Overvoltage/
Undervoltage/Overcurrent)
• PFC detected any of the followings
a) Increase of DC bus voltage
to 420V.
b) Decrease in PFC control
voltage to 12V DC or lower
c) Increase in input current to
50A peak
(For models equipped with
single-phase PFC only)
Compressor overcurrent interruption
(When compressor locked)
Abnormal if overcurrent of DC bus or
compressor is detected within 30 seconds
after compressor starts operating.
1 Stop valve is closed.
2 Decrease of power supply
voltage
3 Looseness, disconnection or
converse of compressor wiring
connection
4 Defective compressor
Check for the switch settings for Model Select
on the outdoor controller circuit board.
1 Check outdoor unit air passage.
23 Turn the power off and on again to check
the error code. If U4 is displayed, follow the
U4 processing direction.
1 Check connection of connector (63HS) on
the outdoor controller circuit board.
Check breaking of the lead wire for 63HS.
2 Check pressure by microprocessor.
(Pressure sensor/ 63HS)
(SW2: Refer to 10-10.)
3 Replace outdoor controller board.
1 Open stop valve.
2 Check facility of power supply.
3 Correct the wiring (U•V•W phase) to
compressor.
Refer to 10-9 (Outdoor power circuit board).
4 Check compressor.
Refer to 10-6.
5 Defective outdoor power board 5 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
Current sensor error or input current error 1 Disconnection of compressor
1 Correct the wiring (U•V•W phase) to
• Abnormal if current sensor detects –1.0A
wiring
compressor. Refer to 10-9 (Outdoor power
to 1.0A during compressor operation. (This
circuit board).
error is ignored in case of test run mode.) 2 Defective circuit of current
2 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
• Abnormal if 40A (SHW80,112V) of input
sensor on outdoor power circuit
current is detected or 37A (SHW80,112V)
board
or more of input current is detected for 10 3 Decrease of power supply
3 Check the facility of power supply.
seconds continuously.
voltage
Low pressure (63L operated)
Abnormal if 63L is operated (under
-0.03MPa) during compressor operation.
63L: Low pressure switch
UL
(1300)
OCH526B
1 Stop valve of outdoor unit is
closed during operation.
2 Disconnection or loose
connection of connector (63L)
on outdoor controller board
3 Disconnection or loose
connection of 63L
4 Defective outdoor controller
board
5 Leakage or shortage of
refrigerant
6 Malfunction of linear expansion
valve
37
1 Check stop valve.
2~4 Turn the power off and on again to check
if F3 is displayed on restarting.
If F3 is displayed, follow the F3 processing
direction.
5 Correct to proper amount of refrigerant.
6 Check linear expansion valve.
Refer to 10-6.
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
Compressor overcurrent interruption
Abnormal if overcurrent DC bus or
compressor is detected after compressor
starts operating for 30 seconds.
UP
(4210)
Case
1 Stop valve of outdoor unit is
closed.
2 Decrease of power supply
voltage
3 Looseness, disconnection or
converse of compressor wiring
connection
4 Defective fan of indoor/outdoor
units
5 Short cycle of indoor/outdoor
units
6 Defective input circuit of
outdoor controller board
Judgment and action
1 Open stop valve.
2 Check facility of power supply.
3 Correct the wiring (U·V·W phase) to
compressor. Refer to 10-9 (Outdoor power
circuit board).
4 Check indoor/outdoor fan.
5 Solve short cycle.
6 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
Note: Before the replacement of the outdoor
controller circuit board, disconnect the
wiring to compressor from the outdoor
power circuit board and check the output
voltage among phases, U, V, W, during
test run.
No defect on board if voltage among
phases (U-V, V-W and W-U) is same.
Make sure to perform the voltage check
with same performing frequency.
7 Defective compressor
8 Defective outdoor power circuit 7 Check compressor. Refer to 10-6.
8 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
board
9 Dip switch setting difference of 9 Check the dip switch setting of outdoor
controller circuit board.
outdoor controller circuit board
E0
or
E4
E1
or
E2
Remote controller transmission error (E0)/ 1 Contact failure at transmission 1 Check disconnection or looseness of indoor
signal receiving error (E4)
wire of remote controller
unit or transmission wire of remote controller.
1 Abnormal if main or sub remote
2 All remote controllers are set
2 Set one of the remote controllers “main” if
controller cannot receive normally
as “sub” remote controller.
there is no problem with the action above.
any transmission from indoor unit of
In this case, E0 is displayed
3 Check wiring of remote controller.
refrigerant address “0” for 3 minutes.
on remote controller, and E4
• Total wiring length: Max. 500m
(Error code : E0)
is displayed at LED (LED1,
(Do not use cable o 3 or more.)
LED2) on the outdoor controller
2 Abnormal if sub remote controller could
• The number of connecting indoor units:
not receive any signal for 2 minutes.
circuit board.
Max. 16 units
(Error code: E0)
3 Miswiring of remote controller
• The number of connecting remote
controller: Max. 2 units
1 Abnormal if indoor controller board can
not receive normally any data from
When it is not the above-mentioned problem of
remote controller board or from other
4 Defective transmitting receiving 1~3
indoor controller board for 3 minutes.
circuit of remote controller
4 Diagnose remote controllers.
(Error code: E4)
5 Defective transmitting receiving
a) When “RC OK” is displayed,
circuit of indoor controller board
2 Indoor controller board cannot receive
Remote controllers have no problem.
any signal from remote controller for 2
of refrigerant address “0”
Turn the power off, and on again to check.
minutes. (Error code: E4)
6 Noise has entered into the
If abnormality generates again, replace
transmission wire of remote
indoor controller board.
controller.
b) When “RC NG” is displayed,
Replace remote controller.
c) When "RCE3" or "ERC00-66" is displayed,
noise may be causing abnormality.
Note: If the unit is not normal after replacing indoor controller board in group
control, indoor controller board of
address “0” may be abnormal.
Remote controller control board
1 Abnormal if data cannot be normally
read from the nonvolatile memory of the
remote controller control board.
(Error code: E1)
2 Abnormal if the clock function of remote
controller cannot be normally operated.
(Error code: E2)
OCH526B
1 Defective remote controller
38
1 Replace remote controller.
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
E3
or
E5
Remote controller transmission error (E3)/
signal receiving error (E5)
1 Abnormal if remote controller could not
find blank of transmission path for 6
seconds and could not transmit.
(Error code: E3)
2 Remote controller receives transmitted
data at the same time, compares the
data, and when detecting it, judges
different data to be abnormal 30
continuous times. (Error code: E3)
Case
Judgment and action
1 2 remote controller are set as
1 Set a remote controller to main, and the
“main.”
other to sub.
(In case of 2 remote controllers)
2 Remote controller is connected 2 Remote controller is connected with only one
with 2 indoor units or more.
indoor unit.
3 Repetition of refrigerant
3 The address changes to a separate setting.
address
4 Defective transmitting receiving 4~6 Diagnose remote controller.
circuit of remote controller
a) When “RC OK” is displayed, remote
5 Defective transmitting receiving
controllers have no problem.
circuit of indoor controller board
1 Abnormal if indoor controller board could
Turn the power off, and on again to check.
not find blank of transmission path.
6 Noise has entered into
When becoming abnormal again, replace
(Error code: E5)
transmission wire of remote
indoor controller board.
controller.
2 Indoor controller board receives
b) When “RC NG” is displayed, replace
transmitted data at the same time,
remote controller.
compares the data, and when detecting
c) When “RC E3” or “ERC 00-66” is
it, judges different data to be abnormal
displayed, noise may be causing
30 continuous times. (Error code: E5)
abnormality.
E8
(6840)
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error 1 Contact failure of indoor/
1 Check disconnection or looseness of indoor/
(Signal receiving error) (Outdoor unit)
outdoor unit connecting wire of indoor or
outdoor unit connecting wire
Abnormal if outdoor controller circuit board 2 Defective communication circuit
outdoor units.
could not receive anything normally for 3
of outdoor controller circuit board 2~4 Turn the power off, and on again to
minutes.
check. Replace indoor controller board
3 Defective communication circuit
or outdoor controller circuit board if
of indoor controller board
abnormality is displayed again.
4 Noise has entered into indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire.
E9
(6841)
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
(Transmitting error) (Outdoor unit)
1 Abnormal if “0” receiving is detected
30 times continuously though outdoor
controller circuit board has transmitted “1”.
2 Abnormal if outdoor controller
circuit board could not find blank of
transmission path for 3 minutes.
1 Indoor/ outdoor unit connecting 1 Check disconnection or looseness of indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire.
wire has contact failure.
2 Defective communication circuit 2~4 Turn the power off, and on again to
check. Replace outdoor controller circuit
of outdoor controller circuit board
board if abnormality is displayed again.
3 Noise has entered power supply.
4 Noise has entered indoor/
outdoor unit connecting wire.
Non defined error code
This code is displayed when non defined
error code is received.
1 Noise has entered transmission 12 Turn the power off, and on again to check.
Replace indoor controller board or outdoor
wire of remote controller.
controller circuit board if abnormality is
2 Noise has entered indoor/
displayed again.
outdoor unit connecting wire.
3 Replace outdoor unit with inverter type
3 Outdoor unit is not inverter
outdoor unit.
models.
4 Replace remote controller with MA remote
4 Model name of remote
controller.
controller is PAR-S25A.
Serial communication error
1 Abnormal if serial communication
between outdoor controller circuit board
and outdoor power circuit board is
defective.
12 Check connection of each connector CN2
1 Breaking of wire or contact
and CN4 between the outdoor controller
failure of connector CN2
circuit board and the outdoor power circuit
between the outdoor controller
board.
circuit board and the outdoor
power circuit board
2 Breaking of wire or contact
failure of connector CN4
between the outdoor controller
circuit board and the outdoor
power circuit board
3 Defective communication circuit 3 Replace outdoor power circuit board.
of outdoor power circuit board
4 Defective communication circuit 4 Replace outdoor controller circuit board.
of outdoor controller circuit board
for outdoor power circuit board
2 Abnormal if communication between
outdoor controller circuit board and
M-NET board is not available.
1 Breaking of wire or contact
1 Check disconnection, looseness, or breaking
failure of connector between
of connection wire between outdoor controller
outdoor controller circuit board
circuit board (CNMNT) and M-NET board (CN5).
and M-NET board
2 Contact failure of M-NET board 2 Check disconnection, looseness, or breaking
power supply line
of connection wire between outdoor controller
circuit board (CNMNT) and M-NET board (CND).
3 Noise has entered into M-NET 3 Check M-NET transmission wiring method.
transmission wire.
EF
(6607
or
6608)
Ed
(0403)
OCH526B
39
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
Case
Freezing/overheating protection is working
Overheating protection <Heating mode>
Abnormal if condensing temperature of
63HS detects Tcond. : or more and
compressor operation frequency is less
than or equal to 25 Hz. Detection is
inoperative during defrosting.
1 Overcharge of refrigerant
2 Defective refrigerant circuit
(clogs)
3 Malfunction of linear expansion valve
4 Reduced water flow
· Clogged filter
· Leakage of water
5 High temperature
· Over-load
· Inlet water is too warm.
6 Defective water pump
* 4~6 is in the case that the unit
is used as Air to water.
63HS: High pressure sensor
P6
Judgment and action
12 Check operating condition of refrigerant
circuit.
3 Check linear expansion valve.
45 Check water piping.
6 Check water pump.
stage-a
stage-b
Tcond
stage-c
stage-d
stage-e
stage-f
stage-g
-18 -17
-15 -14
-12 -11
-9
-8
-6
-5
-3
-2
Ambient temperature (TH7) [ ]
stage-a stage-b stage-c stage-d stage-e stage-f stage-g
Tcond
63
62
61
60
59
57
51
P8
Pipe temperature
1~4 Check pipe <liquid or condenser/evaporator>
1 Slight temperature difference
<Cooling mode>
between indoor room temperature
temperature with room temperature display
Detected as abnormal when the pipe
and pipe <liquid or condenser/
on remote controller and outdoor controller
temperature is not in the cooling range
evaporator> temperature
circuit board.
3 minutes after compressor start and
thermistor
Pipe <liquid or condenser/ evaporator>
6 minutes after the liquid or condenser/
• Shortage of refrigerant
temperature display is indicated by setting
evaporator pipe is out of cooling range.
• Disconnected holder of
SW2 of outdoor controller circuit board as
Note 1: It takes at least 9 minutes to detect.
pipe <liquid or condenser/
follows.
Note 2: Abnormality P8 is not detected in
evaporator> thermistor
drying mode.
• Defective refrigerant circuit
Conduct temperature check with outdoor
Cooling range: Indoor pipe temperature
2 Converse connection of
controller circuit board after connecting
(TH2 or TH5) – room temperature
extension pipe (on plural units
‘A-Control Service Tool (PAC-SK52ST)’.
(TH1) [ -3 :
connection)
Temperature display of indoor condenser/
Temperature display of indoor liquid pipe
TH: Lower temperature between liquid pipe 3 Converse wiring of indoor/
evaporator pipe Indoor 1
Indoor 1
outdoor
unit
connecting
wire
(on
temperature and condenser/evaporator
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
4
5
6
ON
ON
plural units connection)
temperature
OFF
OFF
4 Defective detection of indoor
room temperature and pipe
<Heating mode>
Temperature display of indoor condenser/
Temperature display of indoor liquid pipe
evaporator pipe Indoor 2
<condenser / evaporator>
Indoor 2
When 10 seconds have passed after the
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
temperature thermistor
compressor starts operation and the hot
ON
ON
5 Stop valve is not opened
adjustment mode has finished, the unit is
OFF
OFF
completely.
detected as abnormal when condenser/
evaporator pipe temperature is not in
A-Control Service Tool SW2 setting
heating range within 20 minutes.
23 Check converse connection of extension
pipe or converse wiring of indoor/outdoor
Note 3: It takes at least 27 minutes to
unit connecting wire.
detect abnormality.
Note 4: It excludes the period of defrosting
(Detection restarts when defrosting
mode is over)
Heating range : 3 : [ (Condenser/
Evaporator temperature(TH5) –
room temperature(TH1))
PL
Abnormal refrigerant circuit
During Cooling, Dry, or Auto Cooling
operation, when the following are
regarded as failures when detected for
one second.
a)The compressor continues to run for 30
or more seconds.
b)The liquid pipe temperature or the
condense/evaporator temperature is
75°C or more.
These detected errors will not be
cancelled until the power source is
reset.
(
OCH526B
1 Abnormal operation of 4-way
valve
2 Disconnection of or leakage in
refrigerant pipes
3 Air into refrigerant piping
4 Abnormal operation (no rotation)
of indoor fan
· Defective fan motor.
· Defective indoor control
board.
5 Defective refrigerant circuit
(clogging)
40
)
1 When this error occurs, be sure to
replace the 4-way valve.
2 Check refrigerant pipes for disconnection or
leakage.
3 After the recovery of refrigerant, vacuum
dry the whole refrigerant circuit.
4 Refer to section 10-6.
5 Check refrigerant circuit for operation.
To avoid entry of moisture or air into
refrigerant circuit which could cause
abnormal high pressure, purge air in
refrigerant circuit or replace refrigerant.
<M-NET communication error>
Error Code
A0
(6600)
A2
(6602)
A3
(6603)
A6
(6606)
(Note) “Indoor unit” in the text indicates M-NET board in outdoor unit.
Abnormal point and detection method
Case
Address duplicate definition
1 There are 2 or more same
This error is displayed when transmission
address of controller of outdoor
from the units of same address is detected.
unit, indoor unit, FRESH
Note: The address and attribute displayed
MASTER, or LOSSNAY.
at remote controller indicate the
2 Noise has entered into
controller that detected abnormality.
transmission signal and signal
was transformed.
Judgment and action
Search the unit with same address as
abnormality occurred. If the same address is
found, turn off the power supply of outdoor
unit and indoor unit and FRESH MASTER or
LOSSNAY at the same time for 2 minutes or
more after the address is corrected, and turn
the power on again.
Check transmission waveform or noise on
transmission wire.
Hard ware error of transmission processor 1 Error is detected if waveform is 1 If the works of transmission wire is done
Transmission processor intended
transformed when wiring works
with the power on, turn off the power supply
to transmit “0”, but “1” appeared on
of transmission wire of outdoor
of outdoor unit and indoor unit and FRESH
transmission wire.
unit, indoor unit, FRESH
MASTER or LOSSNAY at the same time for
Note: The address and attribute display
MASTER or LOSSNAY are
2 minutes or more, and turn the power on
at remote controller indicate the
done, or polarity is changed with
again.
controller that detected abnormality.
the power on and transmission
data collides each other.
2 Defective transmitting receiving 2 Check transmission waveform or noise on
circuit of transmission processor
transmission wire.
3 Transmission data is changed
by the noise on transmission.
BUS BUSY
1 Transmission processor could
1. Overtime error by signal collision damage
not transmit signal because
Abnormal if transmitting signal is not
short cycle voltage of noise
possible for 8-10 minutes continuously
and the like have entered into
because of collision of transmission.
transmission wire continuously.
2. Data could not reach transmission wire 2 Transmission quantity has
for 8-10 minutes continuously because
increased and transmission of
of noise or etc.
signal is not possible because
Note: The address and attribute displayed
there was wiring mistake of
at remote controller indicate the
terminal block for transmission
controller that detected abnormality.
wire (TB3) and terminal block
for central control (TB7) in
outdoor unit.
3 Transmission are mixed with
others and occupation rate
on transmission wire rose
because of defective repeater
(a function to connector or
disconnect transmission of
control and central control
system) of outdoor unit, then
abnormality is detected.
1 Check if transmission wire of indoor unit,
FRESH MASTER, LOSSNAY, or remote
controller is not connected to terminal block
for central control (TB7) of outdoor unit.
Communication error with communication 1 Data of transmission processor
processor
or unit processor is not
Defective communication between unit
transmitted normally because
processor and transmission processor
of accidental trouble such as
Note: The address and attribute display
noise or thunder surge.
at remote controller indicate the
2 Address forwarding from unit
controller that detected abnormality.
processor is not transmitted
normally because of defective
transmission processor
hardware.
Turn off the power supply of outdoor unit, indoor
unit and FRESH MASTER or LOSSNAY at the
same time for 2 minutes or more, and turn the
power on again. System returns normally if
abnormality was accidental malfunction. If the
same abnormality generates again, abnormalitygenerated controller may be defective.
OCH526B
41
2 Check if transmission wire of indoor unit,
FRESH MASTER or LOSSNAY is not
connected to terminal block for transmission
wire of outdoor unit.
3 Check if terminal block for transmission wire
(TB3) and terminal block for central control
(TB7) is not connected.
4 Check transmission waveform or noise on
transmission wire.
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
Case
NO ACK signal
1. Transmitting side controller detects
abnormal if a message was transmitted
but there is no reply (ACK) that a message was received. Transmitting side
detects abnormality every 30 seconds, 6
times continuously.
Note: The address and attribute displayed
at remote controller indicate the
controller that did not reply (ACK).
Common factor that has no
relation with abnormality source
1 The unit of former address
does not exist as address
switch has changed while the
unit was energized.
2 Extinction of transmission wire
voltage and signal is caused
by over-range transmission
wire.
• Maximum distance.....200m
• Remote controller line (12m)
3 Extinction of transmission wire
voltage and signal is caused by
type-unmatched transmission
wire.
Type.....
With shield wireCVVS, CPEVS
With normal wire (no shield)VCTF, VCTFK, CVV
CVS, VVR, VVF, VCT
Diameter.....1.25mm2 or more
Judgment and action
Always try the followings when the error
“A7” occurs.
1 Turn off the power supply of outdoor
unit, indoor unit and FRESH MASTER or
LOSSNAY at the same time for 2 minutes
or more, and turn the power on again. If
malfunction was accidental, the unit returns
to normal.
2 Check address switch of abnormalitygenerated address.
3 Check disconnection or looseness of
abnormality-generated or abnormalitydetected transmission wire (terminal block
and connector)
4 Check if tolerance range of transmission
wire is not exceeded.
5 Check if type of transmission wire is correct
or not.
If there were some trouble of 1~5 above,
repair the defect, then turn off the power
supply of outdoor unit, indoor unit and FRESH
MASTER or LOSSNAY at the same time for 2
4 Extinction of transmission wire minutes or more, and turn the power on again.
• If there was no trouble with 1~5 above in
voltage and signal is caused
single refrigerant system (1 outdoor unit),
by over-numbered units.
controller of displayed address or attribute is
5 Accidental malfunction of
defective.
abnormality-detected controller
• If there was no trouble with 1~5 above
(noise, thunder surge)
in different refrigerant system (2 or more
6 Defective of abnormalityoutdoor units), judge with 6.
generated controller
A7
(6607)
2. If displayed address or attribute is
outdoor unit, indoor unit detects
abnormality when indoor unit transmits
signal to outdoor unit and there was no
reply (ACK).
1 Contact failure of transmission 6 If address of abnormality source is the
address that should not exist, there is the
wire of outdoor unit or indoor
unit that memorizes nonexistent address
unit
information. Delete useless address
2 Disconnection of transmission
information with manual setting function of
connector (CN2M) of outdoor
remote controller.
unit
Only the system FRESH MASTER or
3 Defective transmitting receiving
LOSSNAY are connected to, or the system
circuit of outdoor unit or indoor
that is equipped with group setting of
unit
different refrigerant system.
3. If displayed address or attribute is
indoor unit, remote controller detects
abnormality when remote controller
transmits signal to indoor unit and there
was no reply (ACK).
1 During group operation with
indoor unit of multi-refrigerant
system, if remote controller
transmits signal to indoor
unit while outdoor unit power
supply of one refrigerant
system is turned off or within 2
minutes of restart, abnormality
is detected.
2 Contact failure of transmission
wire of remote controller or
indoor unit
3 Disconnection of transmission
connector (CN2M) of indoor
unit
4 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of indoor unit or remote
controller
If there was no trouble with 1~6 above,
replace the controller board of displayed
address or attribute.
If the unit does not return normally, multi
controller board of outdoor unit may be
defective (repeater circuit).
Replace multi-controller board one by one to
check if the unit returns normally.
Continue to the next page
OCH526B
42
From the previous page.
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
Case
Judgment and action
4. If displayed address or attribute is
remote controller, indoor unit detects
abnormality when indoor unit transmits
signal to remote controller and there
was no reply (ACK).
Same as mentioned in “A7” of the previous
1 During group operation with
indoor unit of multi-refrigerant
page.
system, if indoor unit transmit
signal to remote controller
while outdoor unit power
supply of one refrigerant
system is turned off or within 2
minutes of restart, abnormality
is detected.
2 Contact failure of transmission
wire of remote controller or
indoor unit
3 Disconnection of transmission
connector (CN2M) of indoor
unit
4 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of indoor unit or remote
controller
5. If displayed address or attribute is
FRESH MASTER, indoor unit detects
abnormality when indoor unit transmits
signal to FRESH MASTER and there
was no reply (ACK).
1 During sequential operation
of indoor unit and FRESH
MASTER of other refrigerant
system, if indoor unit transmits
signal to FRESH MASTER
while outdoor unit power
supply of same refrigerant
system with FRESH MASTER
is turned off or within 2
minutes of restart, abnormality
is detected.
2 Contact failure of transmission
wire of indoor unit or FRESH
MASTER
3 Disconnection of transmission
connector (CN2M) of indoor
unit or FRESH MASTER
4 Defective transmitting receiving
circuit of indoor unit or FRESH
MASTER
6. If displayed address or attribute
is LOSSNAY, indoor unit detects
abnormality when indoor unit transmits
signal to LOSSNAY and there was no
reply (ACK).
1 If the power supply of
LOSSNAY is off, indoor unit
detects abnormality when it
transmits signal to LOSSNAY.
2 During sequential operation
of indoor unit and LOSSNAY
of other refrigerant system,
if indoor unit transmits signal
to LOSSNAY while outdoor
unit power supply of same
refrigerant system with
LOSSNAY is turned off or
within 2 minutes of restart,
abnormality is detected.
3 Contact failure of transmission
wire of indoor unit of LOSSNAY
4 Disconnection of transmission
connector (CN2M) of indoor
unit
5 Defective transmitting
receiving circuit of indoor unit
or LOSSNAY
7. If displayed address or attribute is
nonexistent.
1 The unit of former address
does not exist as address
switch has changed while the
unit was energized.
2 Abnormality is detected
when indoor unit transmits
signal because the address
of FRESH MASTER and
LOSSNAY are changed after
sequential operation of FRESH
MASTER and LOSSNAY by
remote controller.
A7
(6607)
OCH526B
43
Error Code
Abnormal point and detection method
M-NET NO RESPONSE
Abnormal if a message was transmitted
and there were reply (ACK) that message
was received, but response command
does not return. Transmitting side detects
abnormality every 30 seconds, 6 times
continuously.
Note) The address and attribute displayed
at remote controller indicate the
controller that did not reply (ACK).
A8
(6608)
Case
1 Transmitting condition is
repeated fault because of
noise and the like.
2 Extinction of transmission wire
voltage and signal is caused
by over-range transmission
wire.
• Maximum distance....200m
• Remote controller line (12m)
3 Extinction of transmission wire
voltage and signal is caused
by type-unmatched transmission wire.
Type....
With shield wireCVVS, CPEVS
With normal wire (no shield)VCTF, VCTFK, CVV
CVS, VVR, VVF, VCT
Judgment and action
1 Check transmission waveform or noise on
transmission wire.
2 Turn off the power supply of outdoor unit
and indoor unit and FRESH MASTER or
LOSSNAY at the same time for 2 minutes
or more, and turn the power on again. If
malfunction was accidental, the unit returns
to normal. If the same abnormality generates
again, controller of displayed address and
attribute may be defective.
Diameter....1.25mm2 or more
4 Accidental malfunction
of abnormality-generated
controller
10-5. TROUBLESHOOTING OF PROBLEMS
Phenomena
1. Remote controller display does not
work.
Factor
Countermeasure
1 DC12V is not supplied to remote controller.
(Power supply display
is not indicated on LCD.)
2 DC12~15V is supplied to remote controller, however,
no display is indicated.
• “PLEASE WAIT” is not displayed.
• “PLEASE WAIT” is displayed.
1 Check LED2 on indoor controller board.
(1) When LED2 is lit.
Check the remote controller wiring for
breaking or contact failure.
(2) When LED2 is blinking.
Check short circuit of remote
controller wiring.
(3) When LED2 is not lit.
Refer to No.3 below.
2 Check the following.
• Failure of remote controller if “PLEASE
WAIT” is not displayed
• Refer to No.2 below if “PLEASE WAIT”
is displayed.
2. “PLEASE WAIT” display is remained 1 At longest 2 minutes after the power supply “PLEASE 1 Normal operation
on the remote controller.
WAIT” is displayed to start up.
2 Communication error between the remote controller 2 Self-diagnosis of remote controller
and indoor unit
3 Communication error between the indoor and outdoor 3 ”PLEASE WAIT” is displayed for 6 minutes
unit
at most in case of indoor/outdoor unit
communication error. Check LED3 on
indoor controller board.
(1) When LED3 is not blinking.
Check indoor/outdoor connecting wire
for miswiring.
(Converse wiring of S1 and S2, or
break of S3 wiring.)
(2) When LED3 is blinking.
Indoor/outdoor connecting wire is
normal.
4 Outdoor unit protection device connector is open.
4 Check LED display on outdoor controller
circuit board. Refer to 10-9.
Check protection device connector (63L
and 63H) for contact failure.
Refer to 10-8.
3. When pressing the remote controller 1 After cancelling to select function from the remote
operation switch, the OPERATION
controller, the remote controller operation switch will
display is appeared but it will be
be not accepted for approx. 30 seconds.
turned off soon.
OCH526B
44
1 Normal operation
Factor
Phenomena
4. Even controlling by the wireless
1 The pair number settings of the wireless remote
remote controller, no beep is heard
controller and indoor controller board are
and the unit does not start operating.
mismatched.
Operation display is indicated on
wireless remote controller.
Countermeasure
1 Check the pair number settings.
5. When operating by the wireless
remote controller, beep sound is
heard, however, unit does not start
operating.
1 No operation for 2 minutes at most after the power
supply ON.
2 Local remote controller operation is prohibited.
• Remote controlling adaptor is connected to CN32
on the indoor controller board.
• Local remote controller operation is prohibited by
centralised controller etc. since it is connected to
MELANS.
3 Factor of No.2.
1 Normal operation
1 Refrigerant shortage
1 If refrigerant leaks, discharging
temperature rises and LEV opening
increases.
Inspect leakage by checking the
temperature and opening.
Check pipe connections for gas leakage.
2 Open suction grille and check the filter.
Clean the filter by removing dirt or dust on it.
3 If the filter is clogged, indoor pipe
temperature rises and discharging
pressure increases. Check if heat
exchanger is clogged by inspecting
discharging pressure.
• Clean the heat exchanger.
4 Remove the blockage.
6. Remote controller display works
normally and the unit performs
cooling operation, however, the
capacity cannot be fully obtained.
(The air does not cool well.)
2 Filter clogging
3 Heat exchanger clogging
4 Air duct short cycle
7. Remote controller display works
normally and the unit performs
heating operation, however, the
capacity cannot be fully obtained.
1 Linear expansion valve fault
Opening cannot be adjusted well due to linear
expansion valve fault.
2 Refrigerant shortage
3 Lack of insulation for refrigerant piping
4 Filter clogging
5 Heat exchanger clogging
6 Air duct short cycle
7 Bypass circuit of outdoor unit fault
8. 1 For 3 minutes after temperature 12 Normal operation
(For protection of compressor)
adjuster turns off, the compressor
will not start operating even if
temperature adjuster is turned on.
2 For 3 minutes after temperature
adjuster turns on, the compressor
will not stop operating even if
temperature adjuster is turned off.
(Compressor stops operating
immediately when turning off by
the remote controller.)
OCH526B
45
2 Normal operation
3 Check the phenomena of No.2.
1 Discharging temperature and indoor heat
exchanger temperature does not rise.
Inspect the failure by checking discharging
pressure.
Replace linear expansion valve.
2 If refrigerant leaks, discharging
temperature rises and LEV opening
increases.
Inspect leakage by checking the
temperature and opening.
Check pipe connections for gas leakage.
3 Check the insulation.
4 Open suction grille and check the filter.
Clean the filter by removing dirt or dust on it.
5 If the filter is clogged, indoor pipe
temperature rises and discharging
pressure increases. Check if heat
exchanger is clogged by inspecting
discharging pressure.
Clean the heat exchanger.
6 Remove the blockage.
7 Check refrigerant system during operation.
12 Normal operation
Phenomena
Countermeasure
A flowing water sound or occasional hissing sound is heard.
■ These sounds can be heard when refrigerant and/or water is (are) flowing
in the indoor unit or refrigerant pipe, or when the refrigerant and/or water
is (are) chugging.
Water does not heat or cool well.
■ Clean the filter of water piping. (Flow is reduced when the filter is dirty or
clogged.)
■ Check the temperature adjustment and adjust the set temperature.
■ Make sure that there is plenty of space around the outdoor unit.
Water or vapour is emitted from the outdoor unit.
■ During cooling mode, water may form and drip from the cool pipes and joints.
■ During heating mode, water may form and drip from the heat exchanger
of outdoor unit.
■ During defrosting mode, water on the heat exchanger of outdoor unit
evaporates and water vapour may be emitted.
The operation indicator does not appear in the remote control■ Turn on the power switch. “
ler display.
“
” will appear in the remote controller display.
■ During external signal control, “ ” appears in the remote controller display and FTC operation cannot be started or stopped using the remote
controller.
” appears in the remote controller display.
When restarting the outdoor unit soon after stopping it, it does ■ Wait approximately 3 minutes. (Operation has stopped to protect the outdoor unit.)
not operate even though the ON/OFF button is pressed.
FTC operates without the ON/OFF button being pressed.
■ Is the on timer set?
Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation.
■ Is the FTC connected to a external signal?
Consult the concerned people who control the FTC.
■ Does “ ” appear in the remote controller display?
Consult the concerned people who control the FTC.
■ Has the auto recovery feature from power failures been set?
Press the ON/OFF button to stop operation.
FTC stops without the ON/OFF button being pressed.
■ Is the off timer set?
Press the ON/OFF button to restart operation.
■ Is the air conditioner connected to a central remote controller?
Consult the concerned people who control the FTC.
■ Does “ ” appear in the remote controller display?
Consult the concerned people who control the FTC.
Remote controller timer operation cannot be set.
■ Are timer settings invalid?
If the timer can be set, WEEKLY ,
remote controller display.
“P
A
WAIT” appears in the remote controller display.
An error code appears in the remote controller display.
SIMPLE
, or
AUTO OFF
appears in the
■ The initial settings are being performed. Wait approximately 3 minutes.
■ If the remote controller is not only for FTC, change it.
■ The protection devices have operated to protect the FTC and outdoor unit.
■ Do not attempt to repair this e uipment by yourself.
Turn off the power switch immediately and consult your dealer. e sure to
provide the dealer with the model name and information that appeared in
the remote controller display.
• If the unit cannot be operated properly after test run, refer to the following table to find the cause.
Symptom
Wired remote controller
For about 2
minutes after
power-on
PLEASE WAIT
PLEASE WAIT
→ Error code
Display messages do not
appear even when operation
switch is turned ON (operation
lamp does not light up).
LED 1, 2 (PCB in outdoor unit)
After LED 1, 2 are lighted, LED 2 is
turned off, then only LED 1 is
lighted. (Correct operation)
Only LED 1 is lighted.
Subsequent to
about 2 minutes
after power-on
→
LED 1, 2 blink.
Only LED 1 is lighted.
→
LED 1 blinks twice,
LED 2 blinks once.
Cause
• For about 2 minutes following power-on,operation of the remote controller is not possible
due to system start-up. (Correct operation)
• Connector for the outdoor unit’s protection
device is not connected.
• Reverse or open phase wiring for the outdoor
unit’s power terminal block (L1, L2, L3)
• Incorrect wiring between FTC and outdoor
(incorrect polarity of S1, S2, S3)
• Remote controller wire short
Note: Operation is not possible for about 30 seconds after cancellation of function selection. (Correct operation)
For description of each LED (LED1, 2, 3) provided on the FTC, refer to the following table.
LED1 (power for microprocessor)
Indicates whether control power is supplied. Make sure that this LED is always lit.
LED2 (power for remote controller)
Indicates whether power is supplied to the remote controller.
This LED lights only in the case of the FTC which is connected to the outdoor unit
refrigerant addresses “0”.
LED3 (communication between FTC and outdoor units)
Indicates state of communication between the FTC and outdoor units.
Make sure that this LED is always blinking.
OCH526B
46
Symptoms: “PLEASE WAIT” is kept being displayed on the remote controller.
Diagnosis flow
Cause
Inspection method and
troubleshooting
Check the display time of “PLEASE WAIT”
after turning on the main power.
6 minutes
or more
How long is “PLEASE WAIT”
kept being displayed on the
remote controller?
2 minutes
or less
2 to 6
minutes
Are any error codes
displayed on the
remote controller?
Check the LED display of the
outdoor controller circuit board.
Are any error codes
displayed on the LED?
• “PLEASE WAIT”
• Normal.
will be displayed
The start-up diagnosis will
during the start-up
be over in around 2 minutes.
diagnosis after turning
on the main power.
NO
YES
YES
• Miswiring of indoor/
outdoor connecting
wire
• Breaking of indoor/
outdoor connecting
wire (S3)
• Defective indoor
controller board
• Defective outdoor
controller circuit
board
NO
• Defective indoor
controller board
• Defective remote
controller
OCH526B
47
• Refer to “Self-diagnosis
action table” in order to
solve the trouble.
• In case of communication
errors, the display of
remote controller may not
match the LED display of
the outdoor unit.
Symptoms: Nothing is displayed on the remote controller Diagnosis flow
Cause
LED display of the indoor
controller board
LED1 :
LED2 :
LED3 :
Inspection method and
troubleshooting
Check the voltage between S1
and S2 on the terminal block
(TB4) of the indoor unit which
is used to connect the indoor
unit and the outdoor unit.
AC 198V to AC 264V?
YES
NO
Check the voltage among L(L3) and
N on the terminal block (TB1) of the
outdoor power circuit board.
AC 198V to AC 264V?
NO
• Troubles concerning
power supply
• Check the power wiring
to the outdoor unit.
• Check the breaker.
• Bad wiring of the
outdoor controller
board
• The fuses on the
outdoor controller
circuit board are
blown.
• Check the wiring of the
outdoor unit.
• Check if the wiring is bad.
Check if the fuses are blown.
The fuses on the outdoor
controller circuit board will
be blown when the indoor
/outdoor connecting wire
short-circuits.
• Bad wiring of the
outdoor controller
board
• The fuses on the
outdoor controller
circuit board are
blown.
• Check if miswiring, breaking
or poor contact is causing this
problem. Indoor/outdoor
connecting wire is polarized
3-core type. Connect the
indoor unit and the outdoor
unit by wiring each pair of
S1, S2 and S3 on the both
side of indoor/outdoor
terminal blocks.
• Defective indoor
controller board
• Replace the indoor
controller board.
YES
Check the voltage between S1
and S2 on the terminal block
(TB1) of the outdoor unit which
is used to connect the indoor
unit and the outdoor unit.
AC 198V to AC 264V?
NO
YES
Check the voltage of indoor
controller board (CN2D).
DC 12V to DC 16V?
YES
NO
Check the voltage of the unit after
removing the indoor power board
(CN2S).
DC 12V to DC 16V?
YES
• Miswiring, breaking
• Check if there is miswiring
or poor connection of or breaking of wire.
in door/outdoor
connecting wire
NO
• Defective indoor
power board
OCH526B
48
• Replace the indoor
power board.
Symptoms: Nothing is displayed on the remote controller Diagnosis flow
Cause
LED display of the indoor
controller board
LED1 :
LED2 :
LED3 :
or
Inspection method and
troubleshooting
Check the voltage between S1 and S2 on the terminal block (TB4)
of the indoor unit which is used to connect the indoor unit and the
outdoor unit.
NO
AC 198V to AC 264V?
YES
Not lighting.
Check the status
of the indoor controller
board LED3 display.
Check the looseness or disconnection
of the indoor/outdoor connecting wire.
Blinking.
Are there looseness or
disconnection of the indoor/
outdoor connecting wire?
YES
NO
• Breaking or poor
• Fix the breaking or poor
contact of the indoor/ contact of the indoor/outdoor
outdoor connecting
connecting wire.
wire
Check the refrigerant address of
the outdoor unit. (SW1-3 to 1-6)
NO
Is the refrigerant
address “0”?
YES
Check the LED display of the
outdoor unit after turning on the
main power again.
Not displayed.
Is anything displayed?
Displayed.
Is “EA” or “Eb”
displayed?
• Normal
Only the unit which
has the refrigerant
address “0” supplies
power to the remote
controller
• Set the refrigerant
address to “0”. In case of
the multiple grouping
system, recheck the
refrigerant address again.
• Defective outdoor
controller circuit
board
• Replace the outdoor
controller circuit board.
• Defective outdoor
controller circuit
board
• Replace the outdoor
controller circuit board.
• Defective indoor
controller board
• Replace the indoor controller
board of the indoor unit which
does not operate.
• Influence of
electromagnetic
noise
• Not abnormal.
There may be the influence
of electromagnetic noise.
Check the transmission wire
and get rid of the causes.
• Defective outdoor
power circuit board
• Replace the outdoor
power circuit board.
• Defective indoor
power board
• Replace the indoor
power board.
NO
YES
Is “E8” displayed?
YES
NO
Can the unit be restarted?
Can all the indoor
unit be operated?
Check the voltage between S2
and S3 on the terminal block of
the outdoor unit.
DC 17V to DC 28V?
YES
NO
YES
OCH526B
NO
49
Symptoms: Nothing is displayed on the remote controller Diagnosis flow
Cause
LED display of the indoor
controller board
LED1 :
LED2 :
or
LED3 : —
Inspection method and
troubleshooting
Check the voltage of the
terminal block (TB6) of
the remote controller.
DC 10V to DC 16V?
YES
• Defective
remote controller
• Replace the
remote controller.
NO
Check the status
of the LED2.
Lighting
• Breaking or poor
• Check if there is breaking
contact of the remote or poor contact of the
controller wire
remote controller wire.
Check the voltage of the
terminal block (TB5)
connecting the remote
controller wire.
If it is not between DC 10V
and DC16V, the indoor
controller board must be
defective.
Blinking
Check the status of the LED2
after disconnecting the remote
controller wire from the terminal
block (TB5) of the indoor unit.
Check the status
of the LED2.
Lighting
• The remote controller • Check if the remote
wire short-circuits
controller wire is
short-circuited.
Blinking
• Defective indoor
controller board
OCH526B
50
• Replace the indoor
controller board.
• Before repair
Frequent calling from customers
Phone Calls From Customers
How to Respond
Note
Unit does The operating display of remote Check if power is supplied to air conditioner.
not operate
controller does not come on.
Nothing appears on the display unless power is
at all.
supplied.
Unit cannot be restarted for a Wait around 3 minutes to restart unit.
while after it has stopped.
The air conditioner is in a state of being protected
by the microcomputer’s directive. Once the
compressor is stopped, the unit cannot be
restarted for 3 minutes. This control is also applied
when the unit is turned on and off by remote
controller.
Error code appears and blinks Error code will be displayed if any protection
devices of the air conditioner are actuated.
on the display of remote
What is error code?
controller.
Remote
controller
“PLEASE WAIT” is displayed
on the screen.
Wait around 2 minutes.
An automatic startup test will be conducted for
2 minutes when power is supplied to the air
conditioner. “PLEASE WAIT” will be kept being
displayed while that time.
“FILTER” is displayed on the
screen.
This indicates that it is time to clean the air filters.
Clean the air filters. Press the FILTER button on
the remote controller twice to clear “FILTER” from
the display.
See the operation manual that came with the
product for how to clean the filters.
“STANDBY” is displayed on the This is displayed when the unit starts HEAT
screen.
operation, when the thermostat puts the
compressor in operation mode, or when the
outdoor unit ends DEFROST operation and
returns to HEAT operation.
The display will automatically disappear around
10 minutes later.
While “STANDBY” is displayed on the remote
controller, the airflow amount will be restricted
because the indoor unit’s heat exchanger is not
fully heated up. In addition to that, the up/down
vane will be automatically set to horizontal blow
in order to prevent cold air from directly blowing
out to human body. The up/down vane will return
to the setting specified by the remote controller
when “STANDBY” is released.
The outdoor unit gets frosted when the outside
“DEFROST” is displayed on
the screen. (No air comes out of
temperature is low and the humidity is high.
the unit.)
“DEFROST” indicates the DEFROST
operation is being performed to melt this frost. The
DEFROST operation ends in around 10 minutes
(at most 15 minutes).
During the DEFROST operation, the indoor unit’s
heat exchanger becomes cold, so the fan is
stopped. The up/down vane will be automatically
set to horizontal blow in order to prevent cold air
from directly blowing out to human body. The
display will turn into “STANDBY” when DEFROST
operation ends.
OCH526B
51
Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS
ACTION TABLE”.
Check if servicing is
required for the error.
Display time of “FILTER”
depends on the model.
Long life filter: 2500 hrs.
Regular filter: 100 hrs.
Phone Calls From Customers
How to Respond
Note
The room cannot be cooled or heated sufficiently. Check the set temperature of remote controller.
The outdoor unit cannot be operated if the set
temperature is not appropriate.
The outdoor unit operates in the following modes.
COOL: When the set temperature is lower
than the room temperature.
HEAT: When the set temperature is higher
than the room temperature.
Check if filters are not dirty and clogged. If filters
are clogged, the airflow amount will be reduced
and the unit capacity will be lowered. See the
instruction manual that came with the product for
how to clean the filters.
A gas escaping sound is heard
Sound
comes out
sometimes.
from the air
conditioner.
A cracking sound is heard
sometimes.
Check there is enough space around the air
conditioner.
If there are any obstacles in the air intake or air
outlet of indoor/outdoor units, they block the
airflow direction so that the unit capacity will be
lowered.
This is not a malfunction.
This is the sound which is heard when the flow of
refrigerant in the air conditioner is switched.
This is not a malfunction.
This is the sound which is heard when internal
parts of units expand or contract when the
temperature changes.
A buzzing sound is heard
sometimes.
This is not a malfunction.
This is the sound which is heard when the outdoor
unit starts operating.
A ticking sound is heard from
the outdoor unit sometimes.
This is not a malfunction.
This is the sound which is heard when the fan of
the outdoor unit is controlling the airflow amount
in order to keep the optimum operating condition.
A sound, similar to water
flowing, is heard from the unit.
This is not a malfunction.
This is the sound which is heard when the
refrigerant is flowing inside the indoor unit.
Something The fan speed does not match
is wrong
the setting of the remote
with the
controller during DRY
blower…..
operation.(No air comes out
sometimes during DRY
operation.)
This is not a malfunction.
During the DRY operation, the blower’s ON/OFF is
controlled by the microprocessor to prevent
overcooling and to ensure efficient dehumidification.
The fan speed cannot be set by the remote
controller during DRY operation.
The fan speed does not match
the setting of the remote
controller in HEAT operation.
This is not a malfunction.
1) When the HEAT operation starts, to prevent the
unit from blowing cold air, the fan speed is
gradually increased from zero to the set speed,
in proportion to the temperature rise of the
discharged air.
2) When the room temperature reaches the set
temperature and the outdoor unit stops,
the unit starts the LOW AIR operation.
3) During the HEAT operation, the DEFROST
operation is performed to defrost the outdoor
unit. During the DEFROST operation, the
blower is stopped to prevent cold air coming
out of the indoor unit.
OCH526B
52
The up/down vane will be
automatically set to
horizontal blow in these
cases listed up on the left
(1)~3)). After a while, the
up/down vane will be
automatically moved
according to the setting of
the remote controller.
Phone Calls From Customers
Something Air blows out for a while after
is wrong
HEAT operation is stopped.
with the
blower…..
How to Respond
Note
However, this control is also
This is not a malfunction.
The blower is operating just for cooling down the applied to the models which
heated-up air conditioner. This will be done within has no electric heater.
1 minute.
This control is conducted only when the HEAT
operation is stopped with the electric heater ON.
Something The airflow direction is changed If the up/down vane is set to downward in COOL
is wrong
operation, it will be automatically set to horizontal
during COOL operation.
with the
blow by the microprocessor in order to prevent
water from dropping down.
airflow
“1 Hr.” will be displayed on the remote controller if
direction….
the up/down vane is set to downward with the fan
speed set to be less than “LOW”.
The airflow direction is changed In HEAT operation, the up/down vane is
automatically controlled according to the
during HEAT operation.
temperature of the indoor unit’s heat exchanger.
(The airflow direction cannot be
In the following cases written below, the up/down
set by remote controller.)
vane will be set to horizontal blow, and the setting
cannot be changed by remote controller.
1) At the beginning of the HEAT operation
2) While the outdoor unit is being stopped by
thermostat or when the outdoor unit gets started
to operate.
3) During DEFROST operation
The airflow direction will be back to the setting of
remote controller when the above situations are
released.
“STANDBY” will be displayed
on the remote controller in
case of 1) and 2).
“DEFROST” will be
displayed on the screen in
case of 3).
1) Check if the vane is set to a fixed position.
The airflow direction does not
(Check if the vane motor connector is
change.
removed.)
(Up/down vane, left/right louver)
2) Check if the air conditioner has a function for
switching the air direction.
3) If the air conditioner does not have that
function, “NOT AVAILABLE” will be displayed
on the remote controller when “AIR
DIRECTION” or “LOUVER” button is pressed.
The air conditioner starts operating even though
any buttons on the remote controller are not
pressed.
Check if you set ON/OFF timer.
The air conditioner starts operating at the time
designated if ON timer has been set before.
Check if any operations are ordered by distant
control system or the central remote controller.
While “CENTRALLY CONTROLLED INDICATOR”
is displayed on the remote controller, the air
conditioner is under the control of external directive.
There might be a case that
“CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
INDICATOR” will not be
displayed.
Check if power is recovered from power failure
(black out).
The units will automatically start operating when
power is recovered after power failure (black out)
occurs. This function is called “power failure
automatic recovery ”.
The air conditioner stops even though any
Check if you set ON/OFF timer.
buttons on the remote controller are not pressed.
The air conditioner stops operating at the time
designated if OFF timer has been set before.
Check if any operations are ordered by distant
control system or the central remote controller.
While “CENTRALLY CONTROLLED INDICATOR” is
displayed on the remote controller, the air conditioner is
under the control of external directive.
OCH526B
53
There might be a case that
“CENTRALLY
CONTROLLED INDICATOR”
will not be displayed.
Phone Calls From Customers
How to Respond
A white mist is expelled from the indoor unit.
This is not a malfunction.
This may occur when the operation gets started in
the room of high humidity.
Water or moisture is expelled from the outdoor
unit.
Cooling: when pipes or piping joints are cooled, they
get sweated and water drips down.
Heating: water drips down from the heat exchanger.
* Make use of optional parts “Drain Socket” and
“Drain pan” if these water needs to be recovered and
drained out for once.
The display of wireless remote controller gets dim Batteries are being exhausted. Replace them and
or does not come on.
press the reset button of remote controller.
The indoor unit doesn’t receive a signal from
remote controller at a long distance.
OCH526B
54
Note
10-6. HOW TO CHECK THE PARTS
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
Check points
Parts name
Thermistor (TH3)
<Liquid>
Thermistor (TH4)
<Discharge>
Thermistor (TH6)
<2-phase pipe>
Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester.
(At the ambient temperature 10 :-30 :)
Normal
TH4
Abnormal
160 k" - 410 k"
TH3
Thermistor (TH7)
<Ambient>
TH6
Thermistor (TH8)
<Heatsink>
*SHW112/140YHA only
Thermistor (TH32)
<Suction>
TH7
TH33
TH34
TH8
Thermistor (TH33)
<Ref. check>
Open or short
4.3 k" - 9.6 k"
TH32
39 k" - 105 k"
Thermistor (TH34)
<Comp. surface>
Fan motor
(MF1,MF2)
Refer to next page.
Solenoid valve coil
<Four-way valve>
(21S4)
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(At the ambient temperature 20 :)
Motor for compressor
(MC)
U
Normal
Abnormal
1435 i 150 "
Open or short
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(Winding temperature 20 :)
Normal
V
W
Linear expansion valve
(LEV-A/LEV-B/LEV-C)
Gray
M
Orange
Red
Yellow
Black
Solenoid valve coil
<Bypass valve>
(SV)
OCH526B
1
2
3
4
5
Abnormal
80/112VHA
112/140YHA(R1)
112/140YHAR2
0.188 "
0.302 "
0.305 "
Open or short
Disconnect the connector then measure the resistance with a tester.
(Winding temperature 20 :)
Normal
Gray - Black
Gray - Red
Abnormal
Gray - Yellow
Gray - Orange
46 ± 3"
Measure the resistance between the terminals with a tester.
(At the ambient temperature 20:)
Normal
Abnormal
1197 ± 10 "
Open or short
55
Open or short
Check method of DC fan motor (fan motor / outdoor controller circuit board)
1 Notes
· High voltage is applied to the connecter (CNF1, 2) for the fan motor. Pay attention to the service.
· Do not pull out the connector (CNF1, 2) for the motor with the power supply on.
(It causes trouble of the outdoor controller circuit board and fan motor.)
2 Self check
Symptom: The outdoor fan cannot turn around.
Fuse check
Check the fuse (F5) on outdoor
controller board.
Replace outdoor controller board (C.B)
and fan motor (MF1, 2).
Yes
Did the fuse blow?
No
Wiring contact check
Contact of fan motor connector (CNF1, 2)
Recover wiring.
Yes
Is there contact failure?
No
Power supply check (Remove the connector (CNF1, 2))
Measure the voltage in the outdoor controller circuit board.
TEST POINT 1 : VDC (between 1 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VDC DC280~380V
TEST POINT 2 : VCC (between 5 (+) and 4 (-) of the fan connector): VCC DC15V
Is the voltage normal?
Replace the fan motor.
Yes
Yes
No
OK
Check the operation of fan.
Replace outdoor
controller board.
END
NG
Replace outdoor controller board.
OK
Check the operation.
END
NG
Replace the fan motor.
10-7. HOW TO CHECK THE COMPONENTS
<HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR>
Vout (V)
MULTI
CONTROLLER BOARD
4.5
WHT
SENSOR
2.5
Vout BLU
2
BLK
1
63HS
0.5
2.5
OCH526B
5V DC
3
5
PRESSURE
(MPa)
-
: 5V (DC)
-
: Output Vout (DC)
56
MICRO
PROCESSOR
GND
<Thermistor feature chart>
50
Low temperature thermistors
• Thermistor <Liquid> (TH3)
• Thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6)
• Thermistor <Ambient> (TH7)
• Thermistor <Suction> (TH32)
• Thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33)
Thermistor R0 = 15 k" ± 3 %
B constant = 3480 ± 2 %
Resistance (k)
40
1
1
Rt =15exp{3480( 273+t – 273 )}
0:
10 :
20 :
25 :
15
9.6
6.3
5.2
k"
k"
k"
k"
30:
40:
30
20
4.3 k"
3.0 k"
10
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature ()
200
Medium temperature thermistor
• Thermistor <Heatsink> (TH8)
*SHW112/140YHA only
Thermistor R50 = 17 k" ± 2 %
B constant = 4150 ± 3 %
Resistance (k)
150
1
1
Rt =17exp{4150( 273+t – 323)}
0 : 180 k"
25 : 50 k"
50 : 17 k"
70 :
8 k"
90 :
4 k"
100
50
0
• Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
• Thermistor <Comp. surface> (TH34)
k"
k"
k"
k"
k"
70 :
80 :
90 :
100 :
110 :
34
24
17.5
13.0
9.8
Resistance (k)
1
1
Rt =7.465exp{4057( 273+t – 393)}
250
160
104
70
48
k"
k"
k"
k"
k"
300
200
100
0
OCH526B
125
400
Thermistor R120 = 7.465 k" ± 2 %
B constant = 4057 ± 2 %
:
:
:
:
:
50
75
100
Temperature ()
500
High temperature thermistor
20
30
40
50
60
25
57
25
50
75
Temperature ()
100
120
Linear expansion valve
(1) Operation summary of the linear expansion valve
• Linear expansion valve opens/closes through stepping motor after receiving the pulse signal from the outdoor controller board.
• Valve position can be changed in proportion to the number of pulse signal.
<Connection between the outdoor controller board and the linear expansion valve>
Outdoor controller board
DC12V
Gray
LEV
1
Drive circuit
3
M
2
1
5
4
Orange 2
:4
3
:3
:2
Yellow 4
:2
:1
Black
5
:1
:4
:3
6
Red
Connector LEV-A
LEV-B
LEV-C
<Output pulse signal and the valve operation>
Output
(Phase)
Output
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
8
:1
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
:2
OFF ON
:3
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF
:4
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
Opening a valve : 8 → 7 → 6 → 5 → 4 → 3 → 2 → 1 → 8
Closing a valve : 1 → 2 →3 → 4 → 5 → 6 → 7 → 8 → 1
The output pulse shifts in above order.
· When linear expansion valve operation stops, all output phase
become OFF.
· When the switch is turned on, 700 pulse closing valve signal will
be sent till it goes to A point in order to define the valve position.
(The pulse signal is being sent for about 20 seconds.)
(2) Linear expansion valve operation
When the valve moves smoothly, there is no sound or vibration
occurring from the linear expansion valve : however, when the
pulse number moves from B to A or when the valve is locked,
sound can be heard.
No sound is heard when the pulse number moves from B to A in
case coil is burnt out or motor is locked by open-phase.
Valve position (capacity)
· Sound can be detected by placing the ear against the screw driver
handle while putting the screw driver to the linear expansion
valve.
Close
Open
500 pulse
Opening a valve
all the way
Pulse number
Extra tightening (about 32 pulse)
OCH526B
58
(3) How to attach and detach the coil of linear expansion valve
<Composition>
Linear expansion valve is separable into the main body and the coil as shown in the diagram below.
Stopper
Main body
Coil
Lead wire
<How to detach the coil>
Hold the lower part of the main body (shown as A) firmly so that
the main body does not move and detach the coil by pulling it
upward.
Be sure to detach the coil holding main body firmly. Otherwise
pipes can bend due to pressure.
A
<How to attach the coil>
Hold the lower part of the main body (shown as A) firmly so that
the main body does not move and attach the coil by inserting
it downward into the main body. Then securely attach the coil
stopper to main body. (At this time, be careful that stress is not
added to lead wire and main body is not wound by lead wire.)
If the stopper is not firmly attached to main body, coil may be
detached from the main body and that can cause defective
operation of linear expansion valve.
To prevent piping stress, be sure to attach the coil holding the
main body of linear expansion valve firmly. Otherwise pipe may
break.
Be sure to attach
the stopper.
A
OCH526B
59
10-8. EMERGENCY OPERATION
(1) When the error codes shown below are displayed on outdoor unit or microprocessor for wired remote controller or indoor
unit has a failure, but no other problems are found, emergency operation will be available by setting the emergency operation switch (SWE) on indoor controller board to ON and short-circuiting the connector (CN31) on outdoor controller board.
LWhen following abnormalities occur, emergency operation will be available.
Error code Inspected content
U4
Open/short of pipe thermistors (TH3/TH6/TH7/TH32/TH33/TH8)
UE
Open of pressure sensor (T63HS)
E8
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error •Signal receiving error (Outdoor unit)
E9
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error •Transmitting error (Indoor unit)
E0 ~ E7
Ed
Communication error other than outdoor unit
Communicaiton error between outdoor controller board and M-NET board (Serial communication error)
(2) Check the following items and cautions for emergency operation
1 Make sure that there is no abnormality in outdoor unit other than the above abnormalities. (Emergency operation will not
be available when error code other than the above are indicated.)
2 For emergency operation, it is necessary to set the emergency operation switch (SWE) on indoor controller board. Refer
to the electrical wiring diagram of indoor unit for how to set the indoor unit.
3 During emergency operation, the air-conditioner will continuously be operated by supplying power and stopping it: It can
not be turned on or off by remote control, and temperature control is not possible.
4 Do not perform emergency heating operation for an extended period of time: If the outdoor unit starts defrosting during
this period, cold air will blow out from the indoor unit.
5 Do not perform emergency cooling operation for more than 10 hours: Neglecting this could result in freezing the heat
exchanger in indoor unit.
(3) Emergency operation procedure
1 Turn the main power supply off.
2 Turn on the emergency operation switch (SWE) on indoor controller board.
3 Set the shorting pins of emergency operation connector (CN31) on outdoor controller board to ON.
4 Use SW4-2 on outdoor controller board to set the operation mode (cooling or heating). (SW4-1 is not used.)
CN31
SW4
ON
1
2
Heating
ON
Cooling
OFF
Shorting pins
5 Turning the main power supply on will start the emergency operation.
(4) Releasing emergency operation
1 Turn the main power supply off.
2 Set the emergency operation switch (SWE) on indoor controller board to OFF.
3 Set the shorting pins of emergency operation connector (CN31) on outdoor controller
board to OFF.
4 Set SW4-2 on outdoor controller board as shown in the right.
SW4
1
Note: If shorting pins are not set on emergency operation connector (CN31), the setting remains OFF.
OCH526B
60
Heating
ON
2
Cooling
(5) Operation data during emergency operation
During emergency operation, no communication is performed with the indoor unit, so the data items needed for operation
are set to the following values:
Operation mode
Remarks
Operation data
COOL
HEAT
Intake temperature (TH1)
27 :
20.5 :
—
Indoor pipe temperature (TH2)
5:
45 :
—
Indoor 2-phase pipe temperature (TH5)
5:
50 :
—
Set temperature
25 :
22 :
—
Pressure saturation temperature (T63HS)
50 :
50 :
(*1)
Liquid temperature (TH3)
45 :
5:
(*1)
Discharge pipe temperature (TH4)
80 :
80 :
(*1)
2-phase pipe temperature (TH6)
50 :
5:
(*1)
Ambient temperature (TH7)
35 :
7:
(*1)
5
5
Discharge superheat (SHd)
30deg
30deg
(*2)
Sub-cool (SC)
5deg
5deg
(*2)
Temperature difference code (intake temperature - set temperature) (Tj)
—
*1: If the thermistor temperature data is normal (not open/short), that data is loaded into the control as valid data.
When the unit enters emergency operation and TH values are mismatched, set the thermistors
to open/short. And the unit runs emegency operation with the values listed above.
*2: If one thermistor is set to open/short, the values for each will be different from the list above.
[Example] When liquid pipe temperature thermistor (TH3) has an open or short circuit.
Thermistor
COOL
HEAT
TH3
45 :
5:
Ta
Tb
TH6
Regard normal figure as effective data.
Tc
Td
Discharge superheat (SHd)
Cooling = TH4 - T63HS = Tc - Te
Heating = TH4 - T63HS = Td - Tf
Degree of subcooling (SC)
Cooling = T63HS - TH3 = Te - 45
Heating = T63HS - TH2 = Tf - 45
TH4
Regard normal figure as effective data.
TH5
5:
50 :
TH2
5:
45 :
Te
Tf
T63HS
Regard normal figure as effective data.
OCH526B
61
10-9. TEST POINT DIAGRAM
<CAUTION>
Outdoor controller circuit board
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
CNDM
SW1
SW7
Demand control setting
SW9
Function switch
TEST POINT1 is high voltage.
Manual defrost, detect
history record reset,
refrigerant address
1 to 2:
Input of low-level sound priority mode
1 to 3:
Input of external contact point
SW6
Model select
CN51
External signal output
• Compressor operating signal
• Abnormal signal
CN52C
SW4
Connect to the power
circuit board
(SHW80, 112V)
Test operation
SWP
Pump down
SW5
Function switch
SW8
SV2
Pipe replace
Wiring replace
Bypass valve
CNM
SV1
Connect to A control
service tool
Drain hose heater output
CNMNT
Connect to
M-NET adapter(CN5)
21S4
Four-way valve
CNVMNT
Connect to
M-NET adapter(CND)
CN4
LEV-A,B,C
Transmission to outdoor power circuit
board (CN4)
Linear expansion valve
63HS
Pressure sensor
63L
Low pressure switch
CN2
TH4
Connect to the outdoor
power circuit board (CN2)
1-5: Reception from
power circuit board
2-5: Zero cross signal
(0-5V DC)
3-4: Not used
(SHW112,140Y)
18V DC
(SHW80,112V)
6-5: 16V DC
7-5: 16V DC
Thermistor
<Discharge>
TH3
Thermistor <Liquid>
TH7/6
Thermistor
<Ambient/
2-phase pipe>
TH32
Thermistor <Suction>
TH33
Thermistor
<Ref. check>
CNAC
2 to 4:
Power supply for outdoor
noise filter circuit board
(230V AC)
1 to 3:
Power supply for indoor
and outdoor unit connection
wire (230V AC)
VFG
(Voltage between
right pins of PC5C
and PC5D, pin 3
and pin 4)
(Same as
(CNF17(+)-4(-))
63H
High pressure
switch
VSP
(Voltage between pins
of C5A, C5B):
DC 0V(when stopped),
DC 1– 6.5V
(when operated)
CNF1, CNF2
Connect to the fan motor
1-4: 280 - 380V DC
5-4: 15V DC
6-4: 0-6.5V DC
7-4: 15V DC(When stopped)
7.5V DC(When operated)
(0V-15V pulse)
OCH526B
CNDC
280V - 380 DC (1+, 3-)
(Outdoor power circuit board for SHW80,112V)
(Noise filter circuit board for SHW112,140Y)
62
CNS
S1-S2: 230V AC
Outdoor noise filter circuit board
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
LI1, LI2, LI3, NI
POWER SUPPLY
LI1-LI2/LI-LI3/LI3-LI1 : AC400V input
LI1-NI/LI2-NI/LI3-NI : AC230V input
(Connect to the terminal block (TB1))
GD1
Connect to the earth
GD3
Connect to the earth
CNAC2
AC230V
(Connect to the
outdoor controller
circuit board (CNAC))
CNDC
(Connect to the
outdoor controller
circuit board
(CNDC))
CNCT
Primary current
(Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board (CN5))
CNL
Connect to the ACL4
OCH526B
LO1, LO2, LO3
POWER SUPPLY
NO
Connect to the outdoor
converter circuit board
(N-IN)
LO1-LO2/LO2-LO3/LO3-LO1 : AC400V OUTPUT
(Connect to the outdoor converter circuit board (L1-IN, ACL2, ACL3))
63
Outdoor power circuit board
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
Brief Check of POWER MODULE
• Usually, they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken.Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.).
If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of POWER MODULE
1 Check of DIODE circuit
R - L1 , S - L1 , R - N1 , S - N1
2 Check of IGBT circuit
L2 - N1
3 Check of INVERTER circuit
P - U , P - V , P - W , N1 - U , N1 - V , N1 - W
Note: The marks R , S , L1 , L2 , P , N1 , U , V and W
shown in the diagram are not actually printed on the board.
CN2
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN2)
1-5: Transmitting signal to outdoor controller circuit
board (0-5 V DC)
2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5 V DC)
3-4: 18 V DC
6-5: 16 V DC
7-5: 16 V DC
CN52C
CNDC
CN4
Connect to the outdoor
controller circuit board (CN4)
N2
Power
module
Connect to the smoothing
capacitor CB -
52C driving signal
Connect to the outdoor
controller circuit board
(CN52C)
S
W
V
U
L2
P
N1
E2, E3
Connect to the earth
R
L1
U/V/W
P2
Connect to the compressor (MC) Voltage among
phases: 10 V-180 V AC
Connect to the smooth- Connect to DCL Connect to the
ing capacitor CB +
earth
OCH526B
280-380 V DC (1+, 3-)
Connect to the outdoor
controller circuit board
(CNDC)
DCL1, DCL2
EI, E4
64
CNAC1, CNAC2
NI, LI
230 V AC
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit
board (CNAC)
Voltage of 230 V AC is
input (Connect to the terminal block (TB1))
Outdoor power circuit board
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
Brief Check of POWER MODULE
* Usually, they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken.
Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.).
If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of DIODE MODULE
L1 - P1 , L2 - P1 , L3 - P1 , L1 - N1 , L2 - N1 , L3 - N1
2. Check of DIP-IPM
P2 - U , P2 - V , P2 - W , N2 - U , N2 - V , N2 - W
Note: The marks L1 , L2 , L3 , N1 , N2 , P1 , P2 , U , V and W
shown in the diagram are not actually printed on the board.
TB-U, TB-V, TB-W
TB-N
Connect to the compressor (MC)
Voltage among phases:
10V-400V AC
Connect to the CK capacitor
Diode module
N2
W
V
U
P2
DIP-IPM
P1
L1
L2
L3
N1
TAB connector
on X52CA
Connect to the
RS resistor
CN4
Connect to the
outdoor controller
circuit board (CN4)
CN5
Detection of primary
current (Connect to
the outdoor noise filter
circuit board (CNCT))
CN2
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN2)
1-5: Power circuit board → Transmitting
signal to the controller board (0-5V DC)
2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5V DC)
3-4: Not used
6-5: 16V DC
7-5: 16V DC
[5:–
1, 2, 6, 7 : + ]
OCH526B
CN7
Connect to the
outdoor converter
circuit board (CN7)
CN6
Thermistor
<Heat sink> (TH8)
65
TB-L1, TB-L2, TB-L3
Connect to the outdoor
converter circuit board
(L1-OU, L2-OU, L3-OU)
400V AC
Outdoor power circuit board
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
Brief Check of POWER MODULE
* Usually, they are in a state of being short-circuited if they are broken.
Measure the resistance in the following points (connectors, etc.).
If they are short-circuited, it means that they are broken.
1. Check of DIODE MODULE
L1 - P1 , L2 - P1 , L3 - P1 , L1 - N1 , L2 - N1 , L3 - N1
2. Check of DIP-IPM
P2 - U , P2 - V , P2 - W , N2 - U , N2 - V , N2 - W
Note: The marks L1 , L2 , L3 , N1 , N2 , P1 , P2 , U , V and W
shown in the diagram are not actually printed on the board.
TB-U, TB-V, TB-W
TB-N
Connect to the compressor (MC)
Voltage among phases:
10V-400V AC
Connect to the CK capacitor
Diode module
N2
W
V
U
P2
DIP-IPM
TAB connector
on X52CA
P1
L1
L2
L3
N1
Connect to the
RS resistor
TB-L1,
TB-L2,
TB-L3
Connect to the
outdoor converter
circuit board
(L1-OU, L2-OU,
L3-OU)
400V AC
CN5
CN4
Connect to the
outdoor controller
circuit board (CN4)
Detection of primary
current (Connect to
the outdoor noise filter
circuit board (CNCT))
CN2
Connect to the outdoor controller circuit board (CN2)
1-5: Power circuit board → Transmitting
signal to the controller board (0-5V DC)
2-5: Zero cross signal (0-5V DC)
3-4: Not used
6-5: 16V DC
7-5: 16V DC
[5:–
1, 2, 6, 7 : + ]
OCH526B
CN7
L3OUT-L3IN
Connect to the
outdoor converter
circuit board (CN7)
Lead connect
CN6
Thermistor
<Heat sink> (TH8)
66
Outdoor converter circuit board
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
CK-OU
Connect to the CK capacitor
L1-IN, N-IN
L1-A1
Connect to the noise filter
circuit board (LO1, No)
Connect to the ACL1
CN7
Connect to the
outdoor power
circuit board
(CN7)
L1-OU, L2-OU, L3-OU
L1-A2, L2-A2, L3-A2
Connect to the ACL1, ACL2, ACL3
OCH526B
67
Connect to the outdoor power circuit board
(TB-L1, L2, L3)
10-10. FUNCTION OF SWITCHES, CONNECTORS AND JUMPERS
(1) Function of switches
Type
of Switch No.
switch
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Action by the switch operation
Function
1
Forced defrost *
2
Abnormal history clear
Effective timing
ON
OFF
Start
Normal
When compressor is working
in heating operation. *
Normal
off or operating
Clear
ON
ON
ON
ON
3
1 2 3 4 5 6
0
ON
Dip
switch
SW1
4
Refrigerant address
setting **
5
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
4
ON
6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
6
1 2 3 4 5 6
7
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
13
1 2 3 4 5 6
3
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
9
1 2 3 4 5 6
12
When power supply ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
11
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
14
1 2 3 4 5 6
15
1
Test run
Operating
OFF
2
Test run mode setting
Heating
Cooling
1
Use of existing pipe
Used
Not used
Always
—
—
—
Used
Not used
When power supply ON
Start
Normal
Under suspension
SW8 2
No function
Separate indoor/outdoor
3
unit power supplies
Push
switch
1 2 3 4 5 6
5
1 2 3 4 5 6
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
2
ON
ON
ON
SW4
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
SWP
Pump down
Under suspension
* Forced defrost should be done as follows.
1 Change the DIP SW1-1 on the outdoor controller board from OFF to ON.
2 Forced defrost will start by the above operation 1 if all these conditions written below are satisfied.
• Heat mode setting
• 10 minutes have passed since compressor started operating or previous forced defrost finished.
• Pipe temperature is less than or equal to 8:.
Forced defrost will finish if certain conditions are satisfied.
Forced defrost can be done if above conditions are satisfied when DIP SW1-1 is changed from OFF to ON.
After DIP SW1-1 is changed from OFF to ON, there is no problem if DIP SW1-1 is left ON or changed to OFF again. This
depends on the service conditions.
** When the air to water system is used, up to 6 refrigerant address (0 to 5) can be assigned.
OCH526B
68
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Type of
Switch No.
Switch
1
SW5
Dip
switch
No function
Auto recovery
No auto recovery
When power supply ON
3,4,5
No function
—
—
—
6
Model select
2
Following SW5-6 reference
Setting of demand
SW7-1
SW7-2
Power consumption
(Demand switch ON)
OFF
OFF
0% (Operation stop)
ON
OFF
50%
OFF
ON
75%
control
**
Always
3
Defrost Hz setting
Defrost Hz o 0.54
Normal
4
No function
—
—
Always
—
5
No function
—
—
—
6
Defrost setting
For high humidity
Normal
1
No function
—
—
Always
—
2
Function switch
Valid
Normal
Always
Starting Ambient temp.
SW9-3
OFF
SW9-4
OFF
Ambient temp.
”ƒ&,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
of flash injection
OFF
ON
”ƒ&
ON
ON
OFF
ON
”ƒ&
”ƒ&
3,4
1
PUHZ-SHW·VHA
2
MODEL
3
5
80V
ON
OFF
112V
ON
OFF
Model select
7
1 2 3 4 5 6
112V
ON
OFF
MODEL
SW5-6
SW6
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
112Y OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
PUHZ-SHW·YHAR2
SW5-6
SW6
80V
ON
OFF
ON
140Y OFF
PUHZ-SHW·VHAR2
ON
OFF
SW5-6
SW6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
OFF
MODEL
MODEL
ON
112Y OFF
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6
Always
PUHZ-SHW·YHA(R1)
SW5-6
SW6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4
SW5
—
Power failure
automatic recovery *
SW9
SW6
Effective timing
2
1
SW7
***
Action by the switch operation
ON
OFF
—
—
Function
ON
OFF
ON
140Y OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
6
*
“Power failure automatic recovery” can be set by either remote controller or this DIP SW. If one of them is set to ON,
“Auto recovery” activates. Please set “Auto recovery” basically by remote controller because all units do not have DIP SW.
Please refer to the indoor unit installation manual.
** SW7-1,2 are used for demand control. SW7-1,2 are effective only at the demand control.
(Refer to next page : Special function (b))
*** Please do not use SW7-3, 4 ,6 usually. Trouble might be caused by the usage condition.
(2) Function of connector
Types
Connector
Function
Connector
CN31
Emergency operation
OCH526B
Action by open/short operation
69
Short
Open
Start
Normal
Effective timing
When power supply ON
Special function
(a) Low-level sound priority mode (Local wiring)
Unit enters into Low-level sound priority mode by external signal input setting.
Inputting external signals to the outdoor unit decreases the outdoor unit operation sound 3 to 4 dB lower than that of usual.
Adding a commercial timer or on-off switch contactor setting to the CNDM connector which is optional contactor for demand
input located on the outdoor controller board enables to control compressor operation frequency.
* The performance depends on the load of conditioned outdoor temperature.
NOTE: When the Dip SW 9-1 on the control board of the outdoor unit is ON, set Dip SW9-1 to OFF.
How to wire
<Low-level sound priority mode circuit>
Insulate this point securely as
this is not used.
Purchased locally
Relay
supply
Adapter for external
signal input
(PAC-SC36NA-E)
Red 3
Brown 2
Orange 1
~ SW1
X
CNDM
X
SW1 : Switch
X : Relay (Contact spec. : DC1mA)
Outdoor unit
controller board
Max. 10 m including local wiring
1) Make the circuit as shown above with adapter for external signal input (PAC-SC36NA-E).
2) Turn SW1 to on for Low-level sound priority mode.
Turn SW1 to off to release Low-level sound priority mode and normal operation.
(b) On demand control (Local wiring)
Demand control is available by external input. In this mode, power consumption is decreased within the range of usual 0~100%.
How to wire
Basically, the wiring is same with (a).
Connect an SW 1 which is procured locally between Orange and Red (1 and 3) of the adapter for external signal input (PACSC36NA-E), and insulate the tip of the brown lead wire.
It is possible to set it to the following power consumption (compared with ratings) by setting the SW7-1, 2.
SW7-1
SW7-2
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Power consumptopn
(SW1 ON)
0 % (Operation stop)
50 %
75 %
OCH526B
70
<Display function of inspection for outdoor unit>
The blinking patterns of both LED1 (green) and LED2 (red) indicate the types of abnormality when it occurs. Types of abnormality can be indicated in details by connecting an optional part “A-Control Service Tool (PAC-SK52ST)” to connector CNM on
outdoor controller board.
[Display]
(1)Normal condition
Unit condition
When the power is turned on
When unit stops
When compressor is warming up
When unit operates
Outdoor controller board
A-Control Service Tool
LED1 (Green)
LED2 (Red)
Error code
Lighted
Lighted
Lighted
Lighted
Lighted
Not lighted
Not lighted
Lighted
00, etc.
08, etc.
C5, H7 etc.
Indication of the display
Alternately blinking display
Operation mode
(2)Abnormal condition
Indication
Outdoor controller board
LED1 (Green) LED2 (Red)
Error
Contents
1 blinking 2 blinking Connector(63L) is open.
Connector(63H) is open.
2 connectors are open.
2 blinking 1 blinking Miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit conne-
cting wire, excessive number of indoor
units (4 units or more)
Miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire (converse wiring or disconnection)
Startup time over
2 blinking Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
(signal receiving error) is detected by indoor unit.
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
(transmitting error) is detected by indoor
unit.
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
(signal receiving error) is detected by
outdoor unit.
Indoor/outdoor unit communication error
(transmitting error) is detected by outdoor
unit.
3 blinking Remote controller signal receiving
error is detected by remote controller.
Remote controller transmitting error
is detected by remote controller.
Remote controller signal receiving
error is detected by indoor unit.
Remote controller transmitting error
is detected by indoor unit.
4 blinking Error code is not defined.
Error
code*
Inspection method
F3 1Check if connector (63H or 63L) on the outdoor controller
board is not disconnected.
F5
2Check
continuity of pressure switch (63H or 63L) by tester.
F9
— 1Check if indoor/outdoor connecting wire is connected correctly.
P.32
P.32
P.33
P.33
2Check if 4 or more indoor units are connected to outdoor unit. (EA)
— 3Check if noise entered into indoor/outdoor connecting wire P.33
or power supply.
(Eb)
4Re-check error by turning off power, and on again.
P.33
—
(EC)
if
indoor/outdoor
connecting
wire
is
connected
correctly.
1Check
E6
**
2Check if noise entered into indoor/outdoor connecting wire or
E7 power supply.
3Check if noise entered into indoor/outdoor controller board.
4Re-check error by turning off power, and on again.
P.39
(E8)
—
P.39
(E9)
1Check
if
connecting
wire
of
indoor
unit
or
remote
controller
E0
P.38
is connected correctly.
2Check
if noise entered into transmission wire of remote
E3
controller.
3Re-check error by turning off power, and on again.
P.39
E4
P.38
E5
P.39
EF 1Check if remote controller is MA remote controller(PAR-21MAA).
P.39
PL 1Be sure to replace the 4-way valve.
P.40
2Check refrigerant pipes for disconnection or leakage.
3After the recovery of refrigerant, vacuum dry the whole
refrigerant circuit.
4Refer to section 10-6 “HOW TO CHECK THE PARTS”.
5Check refrigerant circuit for operation.
5 blinking Serial communication error
1Check if connector (CN4) on outdoor controller board and
Ed
<Communication between outdoor
outdoor power board is not disconnected.
controller board and outdoor power
board>
2Check if there is poor connection of connector on outdoor
<Communication between outdoor
controller board(CNMNT and CNVMNT).
controller board and M-NET P.C. board>
3Check M-NET communication signal.
Communication error of M-NET
A0~A8
system
OCH526B
**
—
2Check if noise entered into transmission wire of remote controller.
3Check if noise entered into indoor/outdoor connecting wire.
4Re-check error by turning off power, and on again.
* Error code displayed on remote controller
** Refer to service manual for indoor unit.
Detailed
reference
page
71
P.39
P.41~
P.44
Indication
Outdoor controller board
LED1 (Green) LED2 (Red)
Error
Contents
3 blinking 1 blinking Abnormality of discharging
temperature (TH4) and Comp.
surface temperature (TH34)
2 blinking
3 blinking
4 blinking
5 blinking
Abnormality of superheat due
to low discharge temperature
Abnormal high pressure (High
pressure switch 63H operated.)
Abnormal low pressure (Low
pressure switch 63L operated.)
Abnormality of outdoor fan
motor rotational speed
Protection from overheat
operation (TH3)
Compressor overcurrent
breaking(Start-up locked)
Compressor overcurrent breaking
Abnormality of current sensor (P.B.)
Abnormality of power module
Open/short of outdoor
thermistors (TH4, TH34)
Open/short of outdoor thermistors
(TH3, TH32, TH33, TH6, TH7
and TH8)
6 blinking Abnormality of heatsink
temperature
7 blinking Abnormality of voltage
Error
code*
Inspection method
1Check if stop valves are open.
U2 2Check if connectors (TH4, LEV-A, and LEV-B) on outdoor controller
Detailed
reference
page
P.34
board are not disconnected.
3Check if unit is filled with specified amount of refrigerant.
4Measure resistance values among terminals on indoor valve and
outdoor linear expansion valve using a tester.
U7
P.35
U1 1Check if indoor/outdoor units have a short cycle on their air ducts.
P.34
U8 1Check the outdoor fan motor.
P.35
Ud
P.37
2Check if connector(63H)(63L) on outdoor controller board is not disconnected.
3Check if heat exchanger and filter is not dirty.
P.37
resistance values among terminals on linear expansion valve
UL 4Measure
using a tester.
2Check if connector (TH3) (63HS) on outdoor controller board is disconnected.
1Check if stop valves are open.
UF 2Check looseness, disconnection, and converse connection of
P.37
compressor wiring.
resistance values among terminals on compressor using a tester.
UP 3Measure
4Check if outdoor unit has a short cycle on its air duct.
UH
U6
U3 1Check if connectors(TH3, TH32, TH33, TH4, TH34 and TH7/6) on outdoor
controller board and connector (CN3) on outdoor power board are not
disconnected.
2Measure
resistance value of outdoor thermistors.
U4
P.38
P.37
P.35
P.34
P.35
U5 1Check if indoor/outdoor units have a short cycle on their air ducts.
P.35
U9 1Check looseness, disconnection, and converse connection of
P.36
2Measure resistance value of outdoor thermistor(TH8).
compressor wiring.
2Measure resistance value among terminals on compressor using a tester.
3Check if power supply voltage decreases.
4Check the wiring of CN52C.
5Check the wiring of CNAF.
4 blinking 1 blinking Abnormality of room temperature thermistor (TH1) P1 1Check if connectors (CN20, CN21, CN29 and CN44) on indoor
controller board are not disconnected.
Abnormality of pipe temperature thermistor /Liquid (TH2) P2 2Measure
resistance value of indoor thermistors.
Abnormality of pipe temperature
P9
thermistor/Condenser-Evaporator
2 blinking Abnormality of drain sensor (DS) P4 1Check if connector (CN31)(CN4F) on indoor controller board is not
disconnected.
Float switch connector open (FS)
2Measure resistance value of indoor thermistors.
3Measure
resistance value among terminals on drain pump using
Indoor drain overflow protection P5
**
**
**
**
a tester.
4Check if drain pump works.
5Check drain function.
3 blinking Freezing (cooling)/overheating P6 1Check if indoor unit has a short cycle on its air duct.
2Check if heat exchanger and filter is not dirty.
(heating) protection
3Measure resistance value on indoor and outdoor fan motors.
P.40
4Check if the inside of refrigerant piping is not clogged.
4 blinking Abnormality of pipe
temperature
P8 1Check if indoor thermistors(TH2 and TH5) are not disconnected from holder. P.40
2Check if stop valve is open.
3Check converse connection of extension pipe. (on plural units connection)
4Check if indoor/outdoor connecting wire is connected correctly.
(on plural units connection)
* Error code displayed on remote controller
** Refer to service manual for indoor unit.
OCH526B
72
<Outdoor unit operation monitor function>
[When optional part “A-Control Service Tool (PAC-SK52ST)” is connected to outdoor controller board (CNM)]
Digital indicator LED1 displays 2 digit number or code to inform operation condition and the meaning of error code by controlling
DIP SW2 on “A-Control Service Tool”.
Operation indicator
SW2 : Indicator change of self diagnosis
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Explanation for display
Display detail
SW2 setting
Unit
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
<Digital indicator LED1 working details>
(Be sure that 1 to 6 in the SW2 are set to OFF.)
(1) Display when the power supply ON
When the power supply ON, blinking displays by turns.
Wait for 4 minutes at the longest.
(2) When the display lights (Normal operation)
1 Operation mode display.
1 second
interval
SW2
(Lighting)
ON
LED1
(Initial setting)
1 2 3 4 5 6
The tens digit : Operation mode
Display
Operation Model
O
OFF / FAN
C
COOLING / DRY *
H
HEATING
d
DEFROSTING
* C5 is displayed during replacement operation.
2 Display during error postponement
Postponement code is displayed when
compressor stops due to the work of
protection device.
Postponement code is displayed while
error is being postponed.
The ones digit : Relay output
Warming-up
Display
Compressor
Compressor
4-way valve
Solenoid valve
0
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
ON
2
—
—
ON
—
3
—
—
ON
ON
4
—
ON
—
—
5
—
ON
—
ON
6
—
ON
ON
—
7
—
ON
ON
ON
8
ON
—
—
—
A
ON
—
ON
—
(3) When the display blinks
Inspection code is displayed when compressor stops due to the work of protection devices.
Display
Inspection unit
0
Outdoor unit
1
Indoor unit 1
2
Indoor unit 2
Display
F3
F5
F9
E8
E9
EA
Eb
EC
E0~E7
Display
Contents to be inspected (During operation)
Abnormal high pressure (63H operated)
U1
Abnormal high discharging temperature, high comp. surface temperature,
U2
shortage of refrigerant
Open/short of outdoor unit thermistors (TH4, TH34)
U3
Open/short of outdoor unit thermistors (TH3, TH32, TH33, TH6, TH7 and TH8)
U4
Abnormal temperature of heatsink
U5
Abnormality of power module
U6
Abnormality of superheat due to low discharge temperature
U7
Abnormality in outdoor fan motor
U8
Overheat protection
Ud
UF Compressor overcurrent interruption (When Comp. locked)
UH Current sensor error
UL Abnormal low pressure (63L operated)
UP Compressor overcurrent interruption
P1~P8 Abnormality of indoor units
Abnormality of refrigerant
PL
A0~A7 Communication error of M-NET system
Contents to be inspected (When power is turned on)
63L connector(red) is open.
63H connector(yellow) is open.
2 connectors(63H/63L) are open.
Indoor/outdoor communication error (Signal receiving error) (Outdoor unit)
Indoor/outdoor communication error (Transmitting error) (Outdoor unit)
Miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire, excessive number of indoor units (4 units or more)
Miswiring of indoor/outdoor unit connecting wire(converse wiring or disconnection)
Startup time over
Communication error except for outdoor unit
OCH526B
73
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Pipe temperature / Liquid (TH3)
-40~90
ON
Explanation for display
Display detail
SW2 setting
1 2 3 4 5 6
-40~90
(When the coil thermistor detects 0: or below, “–”
and temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When -10:;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
Unit
:
10
Discharge temperature (TH4)
3~217
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
3~217
(When the discharge thermistor detects 100: or
more, hundreds digit, tens digit and ones digit are
displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 105:;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
05
:
Output step of outdoor FAN
0~10
0~10
The number of ON / OFF times of compressor
0~9999
0~9999
(When the number of times is 100 or more,
hundreds digit, tens digit and ones digit are
displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 42500 times (425 ×100 times);
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
4
25
100 times
0~9999
(When it is 100 hours or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 2450 hours (245 ×10 hours);
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
2
45
10 hours
Step
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Compressor integrating operation times
0~9999
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Compressor operating current
0~50
0~50
* Value after the decimal point will be truncated.
Compressor operating frequency
0~225
0~255
(When it is 100Hz or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.
(Example) When 125Hz;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
25
Hz
0~480
(When it is 100 pulse or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.
(Example) When 150 pulse;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
50
Pulse
A
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV-A opening pulse
0~480
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Error postponement code history (1)
of outdoor unit
Postponement code display
Blinking: During postponement
Lighting: Cancellation of postponement
“00” is displayed in case of no postponement.
Operation mode on error occurring
Operation mode of when operation stops due to
error is displayed by setting SW2 like below.
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
(SW2)
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
OCH526B
74
Code
display
Code
display
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
SW2 setting
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Explanation for display
Display detail
Pipe temperature / Liquid (TH3) on error -40~90
occurring
(When the coil thermistor detects 0: or below, “–”
-40~90
and temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When –15:;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
Discharge temperature (TH4) on error
occurring
3~217
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
3~217
(When the temperature is 100: or more, the
hundreds digit, tens digit and ones digit are
displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 130:;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
30
Compressor operating current on error
occurring
0~20
0~20
Error code history (1) (latest)
Alternate display of abnormal unit
number and code
When no error history,
“ 0 ” and “– –” are displayed by turns.
Error code history (2)
Alternate display of error unit number
and code
When no error history,
“ 0 ” and “– –” are displayed by turns.
Thermo ON time
0~999
0~999
(When it is 100 minutes or more, the hundreds digit,
tens digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 245 minutes;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
2
45
Unit
:
:
A
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Code
display
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Code
display
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
OCH526B
Test run elapsed time
0~120
0~120
(When it is 100 minutes or more, the hundreds digit,
tens digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 105 minutes;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
05
75
Minute
Minute
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Unit
Explanation for display
Display detail
SW2 setting
The number of connected indoor units
ON
0~3
(The number of connected indoor units are displayed.)
Unit
1 2 3 4 5 6
Capacity setting display
Displayed as an outdoor capacity code.
Capacity
SHW80V
SHW112V,112Y
SHW140Y
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Outdoor unit setting information
Code
14
20
25
• The tens digit (Total display for applied setting)
Setting details
Display details
H·P / Cooling only 0 : H·P
Single phase / 3 phase
ON
• The ones digit
Setting details
1 2 3 4 5 6
Code
display
1 : Cooling only
0 : Single phase 2 : 3 phase
Display details
Defrosting switch 0 : Normal
Code
display
1 : For high humidity
(Example) When heat pump, 3 phase and
defrosting (normal) are set up, “20” is
displayed.
ON
Indoor pipe temperature / Liquid (TH2(1)) -39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
Indoor 1
temperature are displayed by turns.)
-39~88
:
Indoor pipe temperature / Cond. / Eva.
(TH5(1))
Indoor 1
-39~88
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Indoor pipe temperature / Liquid (TH2(2)) -39~88
Indoor 2
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
-39~88
temperature are displayed by turns.)
ON
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Indoor pipe temperature / Cond. / Eva.
(TH5(2))
Indoor 2
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
Indoor room temperature (TH1)
8~39
8~39
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
OCH526B
76
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
SW2 setting
ON
Explanation for display
Display detail
Unit
Indoor setting temperature
17~30
17~30
Pressure saturation temperature (T63HS)
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Outdoor outside temperature (TH7)
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
:
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
Outdoor heatsink temperature (TH8)
-40~200
-40~200
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(When the thermistor detects 100: or more,
hundreds digit, tens digit and ones digit are
displayed by turns.)
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Discharge superheat SHd
0~255
Cooling = TH4-T63HS
Heating = TH4-T63HS
0~255
(When the temperature is 100°C or more, hundreds
digit, tens digit and ones digit are displayed by
turns.)
Number of defrost cycles
0 – FFFE
0 – FFFE (in hexadecimal notation)
(When more than FF in hex (255 in decimal), the
number is displayed in order of 163's and 162's, and
161's and 160's places.
(Example) When 5000 cycles;
0.5 secs. 0.5 secs. 2 secs.
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
9
°C
2 cycles
C4
0~500
(When it is 100 or more, hundreds digit, tens digit
and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
Input current of outdoor unit
ON
:
0.1 A
1 2 3 4 5 6
0~480
(When it is 100 pulse or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
LEV-B opening pulse
0~480
ON
Pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6
U9 error detail history (latest)
Description
Normal
Overvoltage error
Undervoltage error
Input current sensor error
L1-phase open error
Abnormal power synchronous signal
PFC/IGBT error (SHW80, 112V)
Undervoltage
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Display
00
01
02
04
08
20
‡Display examples for multiple errors:
Overvoltage (01) + Undervoltage (02) = 03
Undervoltage (02) + Power-sync signal error (08) = 0A
L1 phase open error (04) + PFC/IGBT error (20) = 24
OCH526B
77
Code
display
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
DC bus voltage
180~370
ON
Explanation for display
Display detail
SW2 setting
180~370
(When it is 100V or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
Unit
V
1 2 3 4 5 6
Capacity save
0~255
When air conditioner is connected to
M-NET and capacity save mode is
demanded, “0”~”100” is displayed.
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
%
When there is no setting
of capacity save “100” is
displayed.
Error postponement code history (2)
of outdoor unit
Postponement code display
Blinking: During postponement
Lighting: Cancellation of postponement
“00” is displayed in case of no postponement.
Error postponement code history (3)
of outdoor unit
Postponement code display
Blinking: During postponement
Lighting: Cancellation of postponement
“00” is displayed in case of no postponement.
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
0~255
(When the capacity is 100%, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 100%;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
00
Code
display
Code
display
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Error code history (3) (Oldest)
Alternate display of abnormal unit
number and code
When no error history, “0” and “– –“ are displayed by
turns.
Error thermistor display
3: Liquid pipe temperature (TH3)
4: Discharge pipe temperature (TH4)
6: 2-phase pipe temperature (TH6)
7: Ambient temperature (TH7)
8: Heatsink temperature (TH8)
32: Suction pipe temperature (TH32)
34: Comp. surface temperature (TH34)
Code
display
1 2 3 4 5 6
When there is no error thermistor,
“–“ is displayed.
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Operation frequency on error occurring
0~255
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fan step on error occurring
0~10
ON
0~255
(When it is 100Hz or more, hundreds digit, tens digit
and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 125Hz;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
25
Hz
0~10
Step
1 2 3 4 5 6
OCH526B
Code
display
78
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
SW2 setting
Display detail
Explanation for display
LEV-A opening pulse on error occurring
0~480
0~480
(When it is 100 pulse or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 130 pulse;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
30
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Indoor room temperature (TH1) on error
occurring
8~39
Unit
Pulse
8~39
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Indoor pipe temperature / Liquid (TH2)
on error occurring
-39~88
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Pressure saturation temperature (T63HS)
on error occurring
-39~88
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Outdoor pipe temperature / Cond./ Eva.
(TH6) on error occurring
-39~88
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Outdoor outside temperature (TH7) on
error occurring
-39~88
1 2 3 4 5 6
Outdoor heatsink temperature (TH8) on
error occurring
-40~200
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
OCH526B
79
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When -15°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When -15°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When –15°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When -15°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
-40~200
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(When the temperature is 100°C or more, hundreds
digit, tens digit and ones digit are displayed by
turns.)
:
:
:
:
:
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
Display detail
Explanation for display
Unit
Discharge superheat on error occurring
SHd
0~255
Cooling = TH4-T63HS
Heating = TH4-T63HS
0~255
(When the temperature is 100°C or more, hundreds
digit, tens digit and ones digit are displayed by
turns.)
(Example) When 150°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
50
:
Sub cool on error occurring SC
0~130
0~130
(When the temperature is 100°C or more, hundreds
digit, tens digit and ones digit are displayed by
turns.)
(Example) When 115°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
1
15
:
SW2 setting
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Cooling = T63HS-TH3
Heating = T63HS-TH2
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Thermo-on time until error stops
0~999
ON
0~999
(When it is 100 minutes or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 415 minutes;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
4
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
Minute
15
Indoor pipe temperature / Liquid
(TH2 (3))
Indoor 3
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
Indoor pipe temperature / Cond./ Eva.
(TH5 (3))
Indoor 3
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
:
:
When there is no indoor unit, “00” is displayed.
Controlling status of compressor
operating frequency
The following code will be a help to know the
operating status of unit.
•The tens digit
Display Compressor operating frequency control
1
Primary current control
Secondary current control
2
•The ones digit (In this digit, the total number of
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
activated control is displayed.)
Display Compressor operating frequency control
Preventive control for excessive temp1
erature rise of discharge temperature
Preventive control for excessive temp2
erature rise of condensing temperature
4
Frosting preventing control
Preventive control for excessive temp8
erature rise of radiator panel
(Example)
The following controls are activated.
LED
• Primary current control
• Preventive control for excessive temperature rise of condensing temperature
• Preventive control for excessive temperature rise of heatsink
OCH526B
80
Code
display
The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
SW2 setting
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Explanation for display
Display detail
Unit
Outdoor suction pipe temperature (TH32) -39~88
(When the temperature is 0°C or less, “–” and
-39~88
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(Example) When –15°C;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
15
LEV-C opening pulse
0~480
0~480
(When it is 100 pulse or more, hundreds digit, tens
digit and ones digit are displayed by turns.)
:
Pulse
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
Outdoor pipe temperature (TH33)
-39~88
-39~88
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
:
1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
-52~221
(When the temperature is 0: or less, “–” and
temperature are displayed by turns.)
(When the discharge thermistor detects 100: or
more, hundreds digit, tens digit and ones digit are
displayed by turns.)
(Example) When 105:;
0.5 secs. 0.5secs. 2 secs.
Comp. surface thermistor (TH34)
-52~221
1 2 3 4 5 6
1
ON
U9 error details (To be shown while
error call is deferred.)
Description
Normal
Overvoltage error
Undervoltage error
Input current sensor error
L1-phase open error
Abnormal power synchronous signal
PFC/IGBT error (SHW80, 112V)
Undervoltage
1 2 3 4 5 6
05
Display
00
01
02
04
08
20
‡Display examples for multiple errors:
Overvoltage (01) + Undervoltage (02) = 03
Undervoltage (02) + Power-sync signal error (08) = 0A
L1 phase open error (04) + PFC/IGBT error (20) = 24
OCH526B
81
:
Code
display
11
FUNCTION SETTING
11-1. UNIT FUNCTION SETTING BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER
Each function can be set according to necessity using the remote controller. The setting of function for each unit can only be
done by the remote controller. Select function available from the table 1.
<Table 1> Function selections
(1) Functions are available when setting the unit number to 00 (Select 00 referring to 4 setting the indoor unit number.)
Function
Mode No. Setting No.
Settings
Power failure
automatic recovery
Indoor temperature
detecting *
OFF
ON
Average data from each indoor unit
Data from the indoor unit with remote controller
Data from main remote controller
LOSSNAY
Not supported
connectivity
Supported (Indoor unit does not intake outdoor air through LOSSNAY)
Supported (Indoor unit intakes outdoor air through LOSSNAY)
Power supply
240V
voltage
220V, 230V
Frost prevention
2: (Normal)
temperature
3:
Humidifier control
When the compressor operates, the humidifier also operates.
(Heating mode)
When the fan operates, the humidifier also operates.
Change of defrosting Standard
control
For high humidity
Refrigerant leakage 80%
setting (%)
60%
01
02
03
04
15
16
17
21
: Initial setting
(when sent from the factory)
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Remarks
The setting is
applied to all
the units in the
same
refrigerant
system.
* The functions above are available only when the wired remote controller is used. The functions are not available for floor
standing models.
Meaning of "Function setting"
Mode02:indoor temperature detecting
OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
INDOOR
INDOOR
No. Indoor temperature(ta)=
REMOTE
(MAIN)
No.1 Average data of the
sensor on all the
indoor units
Initial ta=(A+B)/2
setting
REMOTE
(SUB)
REMOTE
(MAIN)
REMOTE
(SUB)
REMOTE
(MAIN)
REMOTE
(SUB)
REMOTE
(MAIN)
ta=(A+B)/2
ta=A
ta=A
No.2 Data of the sensor
on the indoor unit that
connected
with remote controller
ta=A
ta=B
ta=A
ta=A
No.3 Data of the sensor
on main remote
controller.
ta=C
ta=C
ta=C
ta=C
OCH526B
82
(2) Functions are available when setting the unit number to 01-03 or AL (07 in case of wireless remote controller)
• When setting functions for an indoor unit in an independent system, set the unit number to 01 referring to 4 Set the
indoor unit number of Operating Procedure.
• When setting functions for a simultaneous twin indoor unit system, set the unit number to 01 to 02 for each indoor unit in
case of selecting different functions for each unit referring to 4 setting the indoor unit number of Operating Procedure.
• When setting the same functions for an entire simultaneous twin indoor unit system, set refrigerant address to AL (07 in
case of wireless remote controller) referring to 4 setting the indoor unit number of Operating Procedure.
Function
Mode
No.
Settings
Setting
No.
4-Way
cassette
: Initial setting (Factory setting)
- : Not available
Ceiling
Wall mounted
concealed
PLA-BA(2)(3) PEAD-JA(Q) PKA-FAL(2) PKA-HAL
Filter sign
Air flow
(Fan speed)
No.of air outlets
Optional high efficiency
filter
Vane setting
Optional humidifier
(PLA only)
Vane differential setting
in heating mode
(cold wind prevention)
Swing
100h
2500h
No filter sign indicator
Quiet
Standard
High ceiling
4 directions
3 directions
2 directions
Not supported
Supported
No vanes (Vane No.3 setting : PLA only)
Vane No.1 setting
Vane No.2 setting
Not supported
Supported
No.1 setting (TH5: 24-28:)
No.2 setting (Standard, TH5:28-32:)
No.3 setting (TH5: 32-38:)
PLA
Not available Swing
Available
Wave air flow
Available
Temperature correction: Valid PLA
Not available Temperature correction: Invalid
Extra low
Stop
Set fan speed
Set fan speed
Stop
Available
Not available
}
Set temperature in heating
mode (4 deg up) *
Fan speed when the
heating thermostat is OFF
Fan speed when the
cooling thermostat is OFF
Detection of abnormality of
the pipe temperature (P8)
}
07
08
09
10
11
13
14
23
24
25
27
28
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
* PKA-FAL/HAL/KAL : 2 deg up
Mode No.11
Setting No.
Settings
PLA-BA(2)(3)
1
Vane No.3 setting
No Vanes
Less smudging
( Downward position than the standard )
2
Vane No.1 setting
3
Vane No.2 setting
Standard
Less draft *
( Upward position than the standard )
* Be careful of the smudge on ceiling.
<Table 1>
Setting No.
Initial setting
External static
pressure
Mode No. 08 Mode No. 10 (Factory setting)
35Pa
1
2
50Pa
1
3
70Pa
2
1
100Pa
2
2
150Pa
2
3
OCH526B
83
Refer to the
down table 1.
Refer to the
down table 1.
-
-
-
PKA-KAL
-
11-1-1. Selecting functions using the wired remote controller <PAR-31MAA>
<Service menu>
Maintenance password is required
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
*At the main display, the menu buttom and select "Service" to make the
maintenance setting.
Main
Main menu
Maintenance
Initial setting
Service
Main display:
Cursor
2 When the Service menu is selected, a window will appear asking for the pass-
Page
Service menu
word.
Enter maintenance password
To enter the current maintenance password (4 numerical digits), move the
cursor to the digit you want to change with the F1 or F2 button.
Select:
Cursor
Set each number (0 through 9) with the F3 or F4 button.
F1
Then, press the
F2
F3
button.
Note: The initial maintenance password is "9999". Change the default
password as necessary to prevent unauthorized access. Have the
password available for those who need it.
: If you forget your maintenance password, you can initialize the
password to the default password "9999" by pressing and holding
the F1 and F2 buttons simultaneously for three seconds on the
maintenance password setting screen.
3 If the password matches, the Service menu will appear.
Service menu
The type of menu that appears depends on the connected indoor units’ type.
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting
Check
Self check
Main menu:
C u r s or
Note: Air conditioning units may need to be stopped to make certain settings. There may be some settings that cannot be made when the
system is centrally controlled.
Service menu
Maintenance password
Remote controller check
Main menu:
Cursor
A screen will appear that indicates the setting has been saved.
Service menu
Not available.
Please stop the unit.
Navigating through the screens
• To go back to the Main menu ..................
button
• To return to the previous screen ...............
button
OCH526B
84
Service menu:
F4
<Function setting>
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
Service menu
button.
Select "Function setting" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting
Check
Self check
button.
Main menu:
Cursor
F1
2 Set the indoor unit refrigerant addresses and unit numbers with the F1
through F4 buttons, and then press the
setting.
button to confirm the current
F2
Monitor:
refrigerant address will start fan operation.
F1
appears highlighted.
Non-highlighted items indicate that no function settings are made.
Screen appearance varies depending on the "Unit No." setting.
Cursor
F2
and change the setting number with the F3 or F4 button.
F1
button to send the setting
data from the remote controller to the indoor units.
When the transmission is successfully completed, the screen will return to the
Function setting screen.
Note: • Make the above settings only on Mr. Slim units as necessary.
• The above function settings are not available for the City Multi units.
• Table 1 summarizes the setting options for each mode number. Refer to
the indoor unit Installation Manual for the detailed information about initial settings, mode numbers, and setting numbers for the indoor units.
• Be sure to write down the settings for all functions if any of the initial
settings has been changed after the completion of installation work.
OCH526B
85
F3
F4
Cursor
Function setting
Unit #1
Ref. address
Mode 7
Mode 8
Mode 9
Mode 11
Request:
Cursor
5 When the settings are completed, press the
Address
Function setting
Grp.
Ref. address
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Request:
Cursor
4 Use the F1 or F2 button to move the cursor to select the mode number,
F4
Function setting
Ref. address
Unit No.
Grp./1/2/3/4/All
<Checking the indoor unit No.>
button is pressed, the target indoor unit will start fan operation.
When the
If the unit is common or when running all units, all indoor units for the selected
3 When data collection from the indoor units is completed, the current settings
F3
F2
Cursor
F3
F4
Function setting
Grp.
Ref. address
Sending data
F1
F2
F3
F4
11-1-2. Selecting functions using the wired remote controller <PAR-21MAA>
First, try to familiarize yourself with the flow of the function selection procedure. In this section, an example of setting the room
temperature detection position is given.
For actual operations, refer to steps 1 to 0 .
Setting number
Refrigerant address
Unit number
Mode number
I
F
A
E
B
G
Modes 01 to 14 can be activated
by pressing buttons A and B
simultaneously, and modes 15 to
28 by pressing buttons B and J .
J
D
C
Selecting functions using the wired remote controller
1 Check the function selection setting.
2 Switch to function setting mode.
(Press A and B at the same time
with the remote controller stopped.)
For modes 15 and higher,
press J and B at the same time.
3 Specify refrigerant address 00 (outdoor unit).
4 Specify unit No. 00. (indoor unit)
(Use C and D .)
5 Enter the setting.
(Press E .)
NO
6 Select mode No. 02
(room temperature detection position).
7 Select setting No. 03 (remote controller fixed).
(Use F and G .)
8 Enter the setting.
(Press E .)
Finished
YES
(Specified indoor unit:
FAN operation)
Example:
Selecting room temperature
detection position
Change refrigerant
address or unit No.
9
NO
YES
0 End function display.
(Press A and B at the same time.)
The above procedure must be carried out only if changes are necessary.
OCH526B
86
[Operating Procedure]
Check the function selection settings.
Changing the function selection settings for each mode will change its relevant mode function. Perform steps through to check all the function selection settings,
and then change the settings as necessary.
For the initial settings, refer to the <Table 1> in the chapter 12-1. The following is the procedure to operate the remote controller internal sensor.
Turn off the remote controller.
Set the outdoor address.
Press the [ CLOCK] buttons (
and
) to select the desired
refrigerant address. The refrigerant address changes from "00" to "15"..
(This operation is not possible for single refrigerant systems.)
Hold down 2 buttons simultaneously for 2 seconds: the and buttons to set the modes 01 through 14, and the and The “
FUNCTION
SELECTION
buttons to set the modes 15 through 28.
” will flash for a while and show “--” as below.
Refrigerant address
display section
*If the FUNCTION
SELECTION and temperature displays flash “” for 2 seconds and stop flashing, this seems to be an error. Check for noise source or interference around the
transmission path.
Note: If the operation is made incorrectly before completion, finish operation by going to the step and restart from the step .
Press the
buttons(
and
) ) to indicate the indoor unit
No. in turn such as 00 → 02 → 03 → 04 → AL.
Select the unit No. to which the function selection applies.
Set the indoor unit number.
Press the
area.
ON/OFF button so that "- -" blinks in the unit number display
Unit number
display section
* To set modes 01 to 06 or 15 to 22, select unit number "00".
* To set modes 07 to 14 or 23 to 28, carry out as follows:
• To set each indoor unit individually, select " 01" to "04".
• To set all the indoor units collectively, select " AL".
Confirm the refrigerant address and unit number.
Press the MODE button to confirm the refrigerant address and unit
number.
After a while, "- - " will start to blink in the mode number display area.
helps you find the location of the indoor unit for which you want to perform function
selection. However, if "00" or "AL" is selected as the unit number, all the indoor
units corresponding to the specified refrigerant address will start fan operation.
Example) When the refrigerant address is set to 00 and the unit number is 02.
Mode number
display section
*
00 refrigerant address
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
"88" will blink in the room temperature display area if the selected refrigerant
address does not exist in the system.
Furthermore, if "F" appears and blinks in the unit number display area and the
refrigerant address display area also blinks, there are no units that correspond to the selected unit number. In this case, the refrigerant address and unit
number may be incorrect, so repeat steps and to set the correct ones.
Confirm
*
When the refrigerant address and unit number are confirmed by pressing the
MODE button, the corresponding indoor unit will start fan operation. This
Unit number 01
Unit number 02
Remote controller
Fan mode
When grouping different refrigerant systems, if an indoor unit other than the
one to which the refrigerant address has been set to perform fan operation,
there may be another refrigerant address that is the same as the specified one.
In this case, check the DIP switch of the outdoor unit to see whether such a
refrigerant address exists.
Select the mode number.
Mode number
display section
TEMP] buttons (
and
) to set the desired mode
Press the [
number.
(Only the selectable mode numbers can be selected.)
Mode number 02 = Indoor temperature detection
Select the setting content for the selected mode.
Press the [
number.
Press the
MENU button. The currently selected setting number will
blink, so check the currently set content.
Setting number display section
Setting number 1 = Indoor unit operating average
Register the settings you have made in steps to .
Press the MODE button. The mode number and setting number will start
to blink and registration starts.
TEMP] buttons (
and
) to select the desired setting
Setting number 3 = Remote controller built-in sensor
The mode number and setting number will stop blinking and remain lit, indicating the
end of registration.
* If " - - - " is displayed for both the mode number and setting number and "
" blinks in the room temperature display area, a transmission error may have occurred.
Check to see if there are any sources of noise or interference near the transmission path.
If you wish to continue to select other functions, repeat steps to .
Complete function selection.
Hold down the FILTER (
mode is 15 to 28) and TEST buttons
simultaneously for at least 2 seconds.
After a while, the function selection screen will disappear and the air conditioner OFF screen will reappear.
* Do not operate the remote controller for at least 30 seconds after completing
function selection. (No operations will be accepted even if they are made.)
Note
If a function of an indoor unit is changed by function selection after installation is complete, make sure that a " " mark, etc. of Table 1 to indicate the change.
OCH526B
87
11-1-3. Selecting functions using the wireless remote controller (Type C)
Functions can be selected with the wireless remote controller. Function selection using wireless remote controller is available only for refrigerant system with wireless function. Refrigerant address cannot be specified by the wireless remote controller.
[Flow of function selection procedure]
Flow of function selection procedure
The flow of the function selection procedure is shown below. This example shows how to turn
off the function that raises the set temperature by 4 degrees during HEAT operation.
The procedure is given after the flow chart.
Check the function selection setting.
CHECK
Switch to function selection mode.
(Enter address "50" in troubleshooting
mode, then press the HOUR button.)
TEMP
ON/OFF
Specify unit No. "01" (since the function applies to unit 01).
(Set address "01" while still in troubleshooting mode, then press the MINUTE button.)
Note: You cannot specify the refrigerant address.
NO
Select mode No. "24" (function that raises set temperature by 4 degrees during HEAT operation).
(Set address "24" while still in troubleshooting mode, then press the HOUR button.)
ON/OFF button
MODE
FAN
AUTO STOP
VANE
AUTO START
CHECK LOUVER
h
HOUR button
Check button
min
TEST RUN
Troubleshooting mode is the mode entered when
you press the CHECK button twice to display
"CHECK".
YES
Change
unit No.
Select setting No. "02" (OFF).
(Set address "02" while still in troubleshooting mode, then press the HOUR button.)
MINUTE button
SET
RESET
CLOCK
Finished
NO
YES
End function selection mode. Note: When you switch to function selection mode
on the wireless remote controller's operation
(End troubleshooting mode.)
area, the unit ends function selection mode
automatically if nothing is input for 10 minutes
or longer.
[Operating instructions]
1 Check the function settings.
CHECK
2 Press the
button twice continuously.
CHECK is lit and “00” blinks.
Press the temp
button once to set “50”. Direct the wireless remote controller toward the receiver of the indoor unit and press
h
the
button.
3 Set the unit number.
Press the temp
button to set the unit number. (Press “01” to specify the indoor unit whose
unit number is 01.)
min
Direct the wireless remote controller toward the receiver of the indoor unit and press the
button.
min
By setting unit number with the
button, specified indoor unit starts performing fan operation.
Detect which unit is assigned to which number using this function. If unit number is set to AL, all the indoor units in same
refrigerant system start performing fan operation simultaneously.
* If a unit number that cannot be recognized by the unit is entered, 3 beeps of 0.4 seconds will be heard. Reenter the unit number
setting.
* If the signal was not received by the sensor, you will not hear a beep or a “double ping sound” may be heard. Reenter the unit number
setting.
4 Select a mode.
Press the temp
button to set a mode. Press “24” to turn on the function that raises the set temperature by 4 degree
h
during heat operation. Direct the wireless remote controller toward the sensor of the indoor unit and press the
button.
The sensor-operation indicator will blink and beeps will be heard to indicate the current setting number.
Current setting number: 1 = 1 beep (one second)
2 = 2 beeps (one second each)
3 = 3 beeps (one second each)
* If a mode number that cannot be recognized by the unit is entered, 3 beeps of 0.4 seconds will be heard. Reenter the mode
number.
* If the signal was not received by the sensor, you will not hear a beep or, a “double ping sound” may be heard. Reenter the mode
number.
5 Select the setting number.
Press the temp
button to select the setting number. (02: Not available)
h
Direct the wireless remote controller toward the receiver of the indoor unit and press the
button.
The sensor-operation indicator will blink and beeps will be heard to indicate the the setting number.
Setting number: 1 = 2 beeps (0.4 seconds each)
2 = 2 beeps (0.4 seconds each, repeated twice)
3 = 2 beeps (0.4 seconds each, repeated 3 times)
* If a setting number that cannot be recognized by the unit is entered, the setting will turn back to the original setting.
* If the signal was not received by the sensor, you will not hear a beep or a “double ping sound” may be heard. Reenter the setting number.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to make an additional setting without changing unit number.
7 Repeat steps 3 to 5 to change unit number and make function settings on it.
8 Complete the function settings.
Press
button.
* Do not use the wireless remote controller for 30 seconds after completing the function setting.
OCH526B
88
11-2. FUNCTION SELECTION OF REMOTE CONTROLLER
11-2-1. PAR-31MAA
The functions of the function buttons change depending on
the screen. Refer to the button function guide that appears
at the bottom of the LCD for the functions they serve on a
given screen.
When the system is centrally controlled, the button function
guide that corresponds to the locked button will not appear.
<Main display>
<Main menu>
Fri
Room
Cool
Set temp.
Auto
Mode
Temp.
Fan
Function buttons
F1
F2
F3
Main menu
Vane·Louver·Vent. (Lossnay)
High power
Timer
Weekly timer
OU silent mode
Main display:
Cursor
Page
Function guide
F4
ON / OFF lamp
ON / OFF button
This lamp lights up in green while the unit is in operation.
It blinks while the remote controller is starting up or when
there is an error.
Press to turn ON/OFF the indoor unit.
SELECT button
Press to save the setting.
Function button F1
RETURN button
Main display : Press to change the operation mode.
Main menu : Press to move the cursor down.
Press to return to the previous screen.
Function button F2
MENU button
Main display : Press to decrease temperature.
Main menu : Press to move the cursor up.
Press to bring up the Main menu.
Backlit LCD
Function button F3
Operation settings will appear.
When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns the
backlight on and it will stay lit for a certain period of time
depending on the screen.
When the backlight is off, pressing any button turns
the backlight on and does not perform its function.
(except for the
(ON / OFF) button)
OCH526B
Main
89
Main display : Press to increase temperature.
Main menu : Press to go to the previous page.
Function button F4
Main display : Press to change the fan speed.
Main menu : Press to go to the next page.
<Menu structure of PAR-30MAA/PAR-31MAA>
Main menu
Press the MENU button.
Move the cursor to the desired item with the
F1
and
F2
buttons, and press the SELECT button.
Vane · Louver · Vent. (Lossnay)
High power
Timer
On / Off timer
Auto-Off timer
Weekly timer
OU silent mode
Restriction
Temp. range
Operation lock
Energy saving
Auto return
Schedule
Night setback
Filter information
Error information
Maintenance
Auto descending panel
Manual vane angle
Initial setting
Main / Sub
Clock
Main display
Contrast
Display details
Auto mode
Administrator password
Language selection
Service
Test run
Input maintenance info.
Function setting (Mr.Slim)
Check
Self check
Maintenance password
Remote controller check
Not all functions are available on all models of indoor units.
OCH526B
90
<Main menu list of PAR-30MAA/PAR-31MAA>
Setting and display items
Setting details
Vane · Louver · Vent.
(Lossnay)
Use to set the vane angle.
• Select a desired vane setting from five different settings.
Use to turn ON / OFF the louver.
• Select a desired setting from "ON" and "OFF."
Use to set the amount of ventilation.
• Select a desired setting from "Off," "Low," and "High."
High power
Use to reach the comfortable room temperature quickly.
• Units can be operated in the High-power mode for up to 30 minutes.
Timer
On/Off timer*
Use to set the operation On/Off times.
• Time can be set in 5-minute increments.
Auto-Off timer Use to set the Auto-Off time.
• Time can be set to a value from 30 to 240 in 10-minute increments.
Weekly timer*
Use to set the weekly operation On / Off times.
• Up to eight operation patterns can be set for each day.
(Not valid when the On/Off timer is enabled.)
OU silent mode*
Use to set the time periods in which priority is given to quiet operation of outdoor units over
temperature control. Set the Start/Stop times for each day of the week.
• Select the desired silent level from "Normal," "Middle," and "Quiet."
Restriction
Temp. range
Use to restrict the preset temperature range.
• Different temperature ranges can be set for different operation modes.
Operation
lock
Use to lock selected functions.
• The locked functions cannot be operated.
Auto return
Use to get the units to operate at the preset temperature after performing energy-save
operation for a specified time period.
• Time can be set to a value from 30 and 120 in 10-minute increments.
(This function will not be valid when the preset temperature ranges are restricted.)
Schedule*
Set the start/stop times to operate the units in the energy-save mode for each day of the week,
and set the energy-saving rate.
• Up to four energy-save operation patterns can be set for each day.
• Time can be set in 5-minute increments.
• Energy-saving rate can be set to a value from 0% and 50 to 90% in 10% increments.
Energy
saving
Night setback*
Use to make Night setback settings.
• Select "Yes" to enable the setting, and "No" to disable the setting. The temperature range and
the start/stop times can be set.
Filter information
Use to check the filter status.
• The filter sign can be reset.
Error information
Use to check error information when an error occurs.
• Error code, error source, refrigerant address, unit model, manufacturing number, contact
information (dealer's phone number) can be displayed.
(The unit model, manufacturing number, and contact information need to be registered in
advance to be displayed.)
Maintenance
Initial setting
Auto descending Auto descending panel (Optional parts) Up / Down you can do.
panel
Manual vane
angle
Use to set the vane angle for each vane to a fixed position.
Main/Sub
When connecting two remote controllers, one of them needs to be designated as a sub
controller.
Clock
Use to set the current time.
Main display
Use to switch between "Full" and "Basic" modes for the Main display.
• The initial setting is "Full."
Contrast
Use to adjust screen contrast.
* Clock setting is required.
Continue to the next page
OCH526B
91
Setting and display items
Initial setting
Service
Setting details
Display
details
Make the settings for the remote controller related items as necessary.
Clock: The factory settings are "Yes" and "24h" format.
Temperature: Set either Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F).
Room temp. : Set Show or Hide.
Auto mode: Set the Auto mode display or Only Auto display.
Auto mode
Whether or not to use the AUTO mode can be selected by using the button.
This setting is valid only when indoor units with the AUTO mode function are connected.
Administrator
password
The administrator password is required to make the settings for the following items.
• Timer setting • Energy-save setting • Weekly timer setting
• Restriction setting • Outdoor unit silent mode setting • Night set back
Language
selection
Test run
Use to select the desired language.
Input
maintenance
Function
setting
Check
Self check
Maintenance
password
Remote
controller
check
OCH526B
Select "Test run" from the Service menu to bring up the Test run menu.
• Test run • Drain pump test run
Select "Input maintenance Info." from the Service menu to bring up the Maintenance information
screen.
The following settings can be made from the Maintenance Information screen.
• Model name input • Serial No. input • Dealer information input
Make the settings for the indoor unit functions via the remote controller as necessary.
Error history: Display the error history and execute delete error history.
Refrigerant leak check: Refrigerant leaks can be judged.
Smooth maintenance: The indoor and outdoor maintenance data can be displayed.
Request cord: Details of the operation data including each thermistor temperature and error history can be checked.
Error history of each unit can be checked via the remote controller.
Take the following steps to change the maintenance password.
When the remote controller does not work properly, use the remote controller checking function
to troubleshoot the problem.
92
11-2. FUNCTION SELECTION OF REMOTE CONTROLLER
The setting of the following remote controller functions can be changed using the remote controller function selection mode.
Change the setting when needed.
Item 1
Item 2
1.Change language
Language setting to display
("CHANGE LANGUAGE")
2.Function limit
(1) Operation function limit setting (operation lock) ("LOCKING FUNCTION")
("FUNCTION SELECTION") (2) Use of automatic mode setting ("SELECT AUTO MODE")
(3) Temperature range limit setting ("LIMIT TEMP FUNCTION")
3.Mode selection
(1) Remote controller main/sub setting ("CONTROLLER MAIN/SUB")
("MODE SELECTION")
(2) Use of clock setting ("CLOCK")
(3) Timer function setting ("WEEKLY TIMER")
(4) Contact number setting for error situation ("CALL.")
(1) Temperature display /°F setting ("TEMP MODE /°F")
4.Display change
("DISP MODE SETTING") (2) Room air temperature display setting ("ROOM TEMP DISP SELECT")
(3) Automatic cooling/heating display setting ("AUTO MODE DISP C/H")
Item 3 (Setting content)
• Display in multiple languages is possible.
• Setting the range of operation limit (operation lock)
• Setting the use or non-use of "automatic" operation mode
• Setting the temperature adjustable range (maximum, minimum)
• Selecting main or sub remote controller
* When 2 remote controllers are connected to 1 group, 1 controller must be set to sub.
• Setting the use or non-use of clock function
• Setting the timer type
• Contact number display in case of error
• Setting the telephone number
• Setting the temperature unit ( or °F) to display
• Setting the use or non-use of the display of indoor (room) air temperature
• Setting the use or non-use of the display of "Cooling" or "Heating" display
during operation with automatic mode
[Function selection flowchart] Refer to next page.
[1] Stop the air conditioner to start remote controller function selection mode. [2] Select from item1. [3] Select from item2. [4] Make the setting.
(Details are specified in item3) [5] Setting completed. [6] Change the display to the normal one. (End)
[Detailed setting]
[4] -1. CHANGE LANGUAGE setting
The language that appears on the dot display can be selected.
• Press the [ MENU] button to change the language.
Japanese (JP), English (GB), German (D), Spanish (E),
Russian (RU), Italian (I), Chinese (CH), French (F)
[4] -3. Mode selection setting
(1) Remote controller main/sub setting
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
Main : The controller will be the main controller.
Sub : The controller will be the sub controller.
[4] -2. Function limit
(1) Operation function limit setting (operation lock)
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
no1 : All operation buttons except [ ON/OFF] button are locked.
no2 : All operation buttons are locked.
OFF (Initial setting value) : Operation lock setting is not made
* To make the operation lock setting valid on the normal screen, it is
necessary to press buttons (Press and hold down the [FILTER]
and [ ON/OFF] buttons at the same time for 2 seconds.) on
the normal screen after the above setting is made.
.
(2) Use of automatic mode setting
When the remote controller is connected to the unit that has automatic operation mode, the following settings can be made.
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
ON (Initial setting value) : The automatic mode is displayed when
the operation mode is selected.
OFF
: The automatic mode is not displayed
when the operation mode is selected.
(3) Temperature range limit setting
After this setting is made, the temperature can be changed within the
set range.
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
LIMIT TEMP COOL MODE :
The temperature range can be changed on cooling/dry mode.
LIMIT TEMP HEAT MODE :
The temperature range can be changed on heating mode.
LIMIT TEMP AUTO MODE :
The temperature range can be changed on automatic mode.
OFF (initial setting) : The temperature range limit is not active.
* When the setting, other than OFF, is made, the temperature range limit setting
on cooling, heating and automatic mode is made at the same time. However
the range cannot be limited when the set temperature range has not changed.
• To increase or decrease the temperature, press the [ TEMP ( ) or ( )] button.
• To switch the upper limit setting and the lower limit setting, press the [
]
button. The selected setting will flash and the temperature can be set.
• Settable range
Cooling/Dry mode : Lower limit: 19 ~ 30 Upper limit: 30 ~ 19 Heating mode :
Lower limit: 17 ~ 28 Upper limit: 28 ~ 17 Automatic mode : Lower limit: 19 ~ 28 Upper limit: 28 ~ 19 OCH526B
93
(2) Use of clock setting
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
ON : The clock function can be used.
OFF : The clock function cannot be used.
(3) Timer function setting
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button. (Choose
one of the followings.)
WEEKLY TIMER (initial setting):
The weekly timer can be used.
AUTO OFF TIMER: The auto off timer can be used.
SIMPLE TIMER:
The simple timer can be used.
TIMER MODE OFF: The timer mode cannot be used.
* When the use of clock setting is OFF, the "WEEKLY TIMER"
cannot be used.
(4) Contact number setting for error situation
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
CALL OFF : The set contact numbers are not displayed in case
of error.
CALL **** *** **** : The set contact numbers are displayed
in case of error.
CALL_
: The contact number can be set when the display
is as shown on the left.
• Setting the contact numbers
To set the contact numbers, follow the following procedures.
Move the flashing cursor to set numbers. Press the [ TEMP. ( ) and
( )] button to move the cursor to the right (left). Press the [ CLOCK
( ) and ( )] button to set the numbers.
[4] -4. Display change setting
(1) Temperature display / °F setting
ON/OFF] button.
• To switch the setting, press the [
: The temperature unit is used.
°F : The temperature unit °F is used.
(2) Room air temperature display setting
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
ON : The room air temperature is displayed.
OFF : The room air temperature is not displayed.
(3) Automatic cooling/heating display setting
• To switch the setting, press the [ ON/OFF] button.
ON : One of "Automatic cooling" and "Automatic heating" is
displayed under the automatic mode is running.
OFF : Only "Automatic" is displayed under the automatic mode.
[Function selection flowchart]
Setting language (English)
Normal display
(Display when the air conditioner is not running)
Hold down the button and press the button for 2 seconds.
Hold down the button and press the button for 2 seconds.
Press the operation mode button.
Press theTIMER MENU button.
Press theTIMER ON/OFF button.
Remote controller function selection mode
Item 1
Change
Language
Item 2
English
Dot display
German
Spanish
TEMP.
Russian
Italian
MENU
BACK
MONITOR/SET
PAR-21MAA
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
FILTER
DAY
CLOCK
CHECK TEST
OPERATION
CLEAR
Chinese
French
Japanese
Item 3
OFF
no1
Operation lock setting is not used.
(Initial setting value)
All operation buttons except On/Off button are locked.
All operation buttons are locked.
no2
ON
Function
selection
OFF
The automatic mode is not displayed when the operation mode
is selected.
The temperature range limit is not active. (Initial setting value)
OFF
The temperature range can be changed on cooling/dry mode.
The temperature range can be changed on heating mode.
The automatic mode is displayed when the operation
mode is selected. (Initial setting value)
The temperature range can be changed on automatic mode.
Automatic filter elevation panel up/down operation mode
Not necessary to set this mode. Refer to OPERATION MANUAL of
Optional Parts (Panel) for details on operation.
Not necessary to set this mode. Refer to OPERATION MANUAL of
indoor unit for details on operation.
Mode
selection
Fixed air flow direction mode
The remote controller will be the main controller. (Initial setting value)
OFF
The clock function cannot be used.
Weekly timer can be used. (Initial setting value)
The remote controller will be the sub controller.
The clock function can be used. (Initial setting value)
ON
Auto off timer can be used.
Simple timer can be used.
Timer mode cannot be used.
OFF
Display
mode setting
OFF
OFF
94
The set contact numbers are displayed in case of error.
The temperature unit °F is used.
Room air temperature is displayed. (Initial setting value)
ON
OCH526B
°F
The set contact numbers are not displayed in case of error.
(Initial setting value)
The temperature unit °C is used. (Initial setting value)
ON
CALL-
°C
Room air temperature is not displayed.
One of “Automatic cooling” and “Automatic heating” is displayed
under the automatic mode is running. (Initial setting value)
Only “Automatic” is displayed under the automatic mode.
12
MONITORING THE OPERATION DATA BY THE REMOTE CONTROLLER
12-1. HOW TO "MONITOR THE OPERATION DATA"
12-1-1. PAR-31MAA
Details on the operation data including each thermistor temperature and error history can be confirmed with the remote controller.
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Select "Check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
Check menu
Error history
Refrigerant volume check
Refrigerant leak check
Smooth maintenance
Request code
Service menu:
button.
Cursor
Select "Request code" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
F1
2 Set the Refrigerant address and Request code.
F2
F3
F4
Request code
Ref.address
Request code
Select the item to be changed with the F1 or F2 button.
Select the required setting with the F3 or F4 button.
Request:
Cursor
■<Ref.address>setting [ 0 ] – [ 15 ]
■<Request code>setting
F1
Press the
−
F2
F3
+
F4
button, Data will be collected and displayed.
Request code
Ref.address
Request code
Request code: 004
Discharge temperature: 69˚C
Request:
Cursor
−
+
<Operation state> (Request code "0")
C
4
2) Relay output state
Display
Power currently
Compressor Four-way valve Solenoid valve
supplied to compressor
0
Relay output state
—
—
ON
3
ON
4
ON
5
ON
6
ON
ON
7
ON
ON
Display
Operation mode
0
STOP • FAN
C
COOL • DRY
H
HEAT
8
ON
d
Defrost
A
ON
OCH526B
—
ON
2
1) Operation mode
—
1
95
ON
ON
ON
ON
12-1-2. PAR-21MAA
•
Turn on the [Monitoring the operation data]
Example) Request code "004"
Discharge temperature 69
Refrigerant address "00"
(7)
(3)
(5)
(1)
(2) (6)
(4)
(1) Press the
TEST
A: Maintenance mode
B: Refrigerant address
C: Data display area
D: Request code display area
button for 3 seconds so that [ Maintenance mode] appears on the screen (at ).
(2) Press the CHECK button for 3 seconds to switch to [Maintenance monitor].
Note) It is not possible to switch to [Maintenance monitor] during data request in maintenance mode (i.e., while " - - - -" is blinking)
since no buttons are operative.
Operating the service inspection monitor
[ - - - ] appears on the screen (at ) when [Maintenance monitor] is activated.
(The display (at ) now allows you to set a request code No.)
and
) to select the desired refrigerant address.
(3) Press the [TEMP] buttons (
[Screen ]
(4) Press the [CLOCK] buttons (
and
) to set the desired request code No.
(5) Press the FILTER button to perform data request.
(The requested data will be displayed at in the same way as in maintenance mode.)
Data collected during operation of the remote controller will be displayed.
The collected data such as temperature data will not be updated automatically even if the data changes.
To display the updated data, carry out step (4) again.
Canceling the Monitoring the operation data
(6) While [Maintenance monitor] is displayed, press the
(7) To return to normal mode, press the
OCH526B
CHECK
ON/OFF button.
96
button for 3 seconds to return to maintenance mode.
12-2. REQUEST CODE LIST
Request code
Note: Certain indoor/outdoor combinations do not have the request code function; therefore, no request codes are displayed.
Description
Request content
(Display range)
Unit
0
Operation state
Refer to 12-2-1. Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
1
Compressor-Operating current (rms)
0 – 50
A
2
Compressor-Accumulated operating time
0 – 9999
10 hours
3
Compressor-Number of operation times
0 – 9999
100 times
4
Discharge temperature (TH4)
3 – 217
:
5
Outdoor unit - Liquid pipe 1 temperature (TH3)
-40 – 90
:
6
Outdoor unit - Liquid pipe 2 temperature
-40 – 90
:
7
Outdoor unit-2-phase pipe temperature (TH6)
-39 – 88
:
8
9
Outdoor unit-Suction pipe temperature (TH32)
Outdoor unit-Outside air temperature (TH7)
-39 – 88
-39 – 88
:
:
10
Outdoor unit-Heatsink temperature (TH8)
-40 – 200
:
12
Discharge superheat (SHd)
0 – 255
:
13
Sub-cool (SC)
0 – 130
:
14 Pressure saturation temperature (T63HS)
15
-39 – 88
:
16
Compressor-Operating frequency
0 – 255
Hz
17
Compressor-Target operating frequency
0 – 255
Hz
18
Outdoor unit-Fan output step
0 – 10
Step
0 – 9999
rpm
0 – 9999
rpm
Remarks
11
19
20
Outdoor unit-Fan 1 speed
(Only for air conditioners with DC fan motor)
Outdoor unit-Fan 2 speed
(Only for air conditioners with DC fan motor)
"0" is displayed if the air conditioner is a single-fan
type.
21
22
LEV (A) opening
0 – 500
Pulses
23
LEV (B) opening
0 – 500
Pulses
24
25
LEV (C) opening
Primary current
0 – 500
0 – 50
Pulses
A
26
DC bus voltage
180 – 370
29
Number of connected indoor units
0–4
30
Indoor unit-Setting temperature
17 – 30
31
Indoor unit-Intake air temperature <Thermo judge temperature> 8 – 39
:
8 – 39
:
8 – 39
:
8 – 39
:
8 – 39
:
V
27
28
32
33
34
35
Indoor unit-Intake air temperature (Unit No. 1)
Units
:
<Heat mode-4-deg correction>
Indoor unit-Intake air temperature (Unit No. 2)
<Heat mode-4-deg correction>
Indoor unit-Intake air temperature (Unit No. 3)
<Heat mode-4-deg correction>
Indoor unit-Intake air temperature (Unit No. 4)
<Heat mode-4-deg correction>
"0" is displayed if the target unit is not present.
36
37
Indoor unit - Liquid pipe temperature (Unit No. 1)
-39 – 88
:
38
Indoor unit - Liquid pipe temperature (Unit No. 2)
-39 – 88
:
39
Indoor unit - Liquid pipe temperature (Unit No. 3)
-39 – 88
:
40
Indoor unit - Liquid pipe temperature (Unit No. 4)
-39 – 88
:
42
Indoor unit-Cond./Eva. pipe temperature (Unit No. 1)
-39 – 88
:
43
Indoor unit-Cond./Eva. pipe temperature (Unit No. 2)
-39 – 88
:
44
Indoor unit-Cond./Eva. pipe temperature (Unit No. 3)
-39 – 88
:
45
Indoor unit-Cond./Eva. pipe temperature (Unit No. 4)
-39 – 88
:
48
Thermo ON operating time
0 – 999
Minutes
49
Test run elapsed time
0 – 120
Minutes
"0" is displayed if the target unit is not present.
41
"0" is displayed if the target unit is not present.
46
47
OCH526B
97
Not possible to activate maintenance mode during the test run.
Request code
Description
Request content
(Display range)
Unit
50
Indoor unit-Control state
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
51
Outdoor unit-Control state
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
52
Compressor-Frequency control state
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
53
Outdoor unit-Fan control state
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
54
Actuator output state
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
55
Error content (U9)
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
56
57
58
59
60
Signal transmission demand capacity
0 – 255
%
61
Contact demand capacity
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
62
External input state (silent mode, etc.)
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Outdoor unit-Capacity setting display
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
71
Outdoor unit-Setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
73
Outdoor unit-SW1 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
74
Outdoor unit-SW2 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
76
Outdoor unit-SW4 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
77
Outdoor unit-SW5 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
78
Outdoor unit-SW6 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
79
Outdoor unit-SW7 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
80
Outdoor unit-SW8 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
81
Outdoor unit-SW9 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
82
Outdoor unit-SW10 setting information
Refer to 12-2-1.Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
M-NET adapter connection (presence/absence)
"0000": Not connected
"0001": Connected
–
89
Display of execution of replace/wash operation
"0000": Not washed
"0001": Washed
–
90
Outdoor unit-Microprocessor version information
Examples) Ver 5.01 © "0501"
Ver
72
75
83
84
85
86
87
88
Auxiliary information (displayed after
91
–
Outdoor unit-Microprocessor version information (sub No.) version information)
Examples) Ver 5.01 A000 © "A000"
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100 Outdoor unit - Error postponement history 1 (latest)
101 Outdoor unit - Error postponement history 2 (previous)
102 Outdoor unit - Error postponement history 3 (last but one)
OCH526B
Displays postponement code. (" - - " is
displayed if no postponement code is present)
Displays postponement code. (" - - " is
displayed if no postponement code is present)
Displays postponement code. (" - - " is
displayed if no postponement code is present)
98
Code
Code
Code
Remarks
Request code
Description
Request content
(Display range)
Unit
103 Error history 1 (latest)
Displays error history. (" - - " is displayed if no history is present.)
Code
104 Error history 2 (second to last)
Displays error history. (" - - " is displayed if no history is present.)
Code
105 Error history 3 (third to last)
Displays error history. (" - - " is displayed if no history is present.)
Code
Remarks
3 : TH3
106
Abnormal thermistor display
(TH3/TH6/TH7/TH8)
6 : TH6
7 : TH7
Sensor
8 : TH8
number
0 : No thermistor error
107 Operation mode at time of error
Displayed in the same way as request code "0".
–
108 Compressor-Operating current at time of error
0 – 50
A
109 Compressor-Accumulated operating time at time of error 0 – 9999
10 hours
110 Compressor-Number of operation times at time of error 0 – 9999
100 times
111 Discharge temperature at time of error
3 – 217
112 Outdoor unit - Liquid pipe 1 temperature (TH3) at time of error
-40 – 90
113 Outdoor unit - Liquid pipe 2 temperature at time of error -40 – 90
-39 – 88
116 Outdoor unit-Outside air temperature (TH7) at time of error -39 – 88
117 Outdoor unit-Heatsink temperature (TH8) at time of error -40 – 200
114 Outdoor unit-2-phase pipe temperature (TH6) at time of error
115
118 Discharge superheat (SHd) at time of error
0 – 255
119 Sub-cool (SC) at time of error
0 – 130
120 Compressor-Operating frequency at time of error
0 – 255
Hz
0 – 10
Step
121
Outdoor unit at time of error
• Fan output step
Outdoor unit at time of error
0 – 9999
rpm
0 – 9999
rpm
125 LEV (A) opening at time of error
0 – 500
Pulses
126 LEV (B) opening at time of error
0 – 500
Pulses
122
123
• Fan 1 speed (Only for air conditioners with DC fan)
Outdoor unit at time of error
• Fan 2 speed (Only for air conditioners with DC fan)
"0" is displayed if the air conditioner is a singlefan type.
124
127
128
129 Pressure saturation temperature (T63HS) at time of error -39 – 88
0 – 999
130 Thermo ON time until operation stops due to error
Minutes
131
Indoor - Liquid pipe temperature at time of error
-39 – 88
-39 – 88
-39 – 88
150 Indoor - Actual intake air temperature
-39 – 88
151 Indoor - Liquid pipe temperature
-39 – 88
152 Indoor - Cond./Eva. temperature
-39 – 88
132
133
134
Indoor - Cond./Eva. temperature at time of error
Indoor at time of error
• Intake air temperature <Thermo judge temperature>
135
136
137
138
139
140
~
146
147
148
149
OCH526B
99
Average value of all indoor units is displayed if the air conditioner consists of 2 indoor units (twin).
Average value of all indoor units is displayed if the air conditioner consists of 2 indoor units (twin).
Request code
Description
Request content
(Display range)
Unit
Remarks
153
154
155
Indoor-Fan operating time
(After filter is reset)
Indoor-Total operating time
(Fan motor ON time)
0 – 9999
1 hour
0 – 9999
10 hours
156
0 – 255
Fan control data
–
For indoor fan phase control
"00 **" "**" indicates fan control data.
–
For indoor fan pulsation control
"00 **" "**" indicates fan control data.
–
For indoor DC brushless motor control
162 Indoor unit-Model setting information
Refer to 12-2-1 Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
163 Indoor unit-Capacity setting information
Refer to 12-2-1 Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
164 Indoor unit-SW3 information
Undefined
–
165 Wireless pair No. (indoor control board side) setting
Refer to 12-2-1 Detail Contents in Request Code.
–
166 Indoor unit-SW5 information
Undefined
–
Examples) Ver 5.01 © "0501"
Ver
157 Indoor fan output value (Sj value)
158
Indoor fan output value
(Pulsation ON/OFF)
159 Indoor fan output value (duty value)
160
161
167
~
189
190 Indoor unit-Microprocessor version information
191 Indoor unit-Microprocessor version information (sub No.) Auxiliary information (displayed after version information)
Examples) Ver 5.01 A000 © "A000"
–
192
~
764
765 Stable operation (Heat mode)
This request code is not provided to collect data. It is used to fix the operation state.
766 Stable operation (Cool mode)
This request code is not provided to collect data. It is used to fix the operation state.
767 Stable operation cancellation
OCH526B
This request code is not provided to collect data. It is used to cancel the operation state that has been
fixed by request codes "765" and "766".
100
12-2-1. Detail Contents in Request Code
A
D
[Operation state] (Request code "0" )
C
A: Maintenance mode display
B: Refrigerant address
C: Data display area
D: Request code display area
B
Relay output state
Data display
Display
C
4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
Relay output state
Operation mode
Operation mode
Display
0
C
H
d
Example) Request code "004"
Discharge temperature 69:
Refrigerant address "00"
Operation mode
STOP ‡ FAN
COOL ‡ DRY
HEAT
DEFROST
Power currently
supplied to compressor
–
Compressor
Four-way valve
Solenoid valve
–
–
–
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
[Indoor unit – Control state] (Request code "50")
Display
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
F
Data display
Unit No. 4 state
Unit No. 3 state
Unit No. 2 state
Unit No. 1 state
State
Normal
Preparing for heat operation
–
–
Heater is ON.
Anti-freeze protection is ON.
Overheat protection is ON.
Requesting compressor to turn OFF
There are no corresponding units.
[Outdoor unit – Control state] (Request code "51")
0
0
0
Data display
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
State
Normal
Preparing for heat operation
Defrost
[Compressor – Frequency control state] (Request code "52 ")
Frequency control state 2
Data display
0
Display
0
Frequency control state 2
Frequency control state 1
Frequency control state 1
Display
0
1
2
Current limit control
No current limit
Primary current limit control is ON.
Secondary current limit control is ON.
OCH526B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
b
C
d
E
F
101
Discharge temperature Condensation temperature
Anti-freeze
Heatsink temperature
overheat prevention
protection control overheat prevention
overheat prevention
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
Controlled
[Fan control state] (Request code "53 " )
Data display
0
0
Fan step correction value by heatsink temperature overheat prevention control
Fan step correction value by cool condensation temperature overheat prevention control
Display
- (minus)
0
1
2
Correction value
–1
0
+1
+2
[Actuator output state] (Request code "54" )
Data display
0
0
Actuator output state 1
Actuator output state 2
Actuator output state 1
Display
SV1
0
1
ON
2
3
ON
4
5
ON
6
7
ON
8
9
ON
A
b
ON
C
d
E
F
Actuator output state 2
Four-way valve
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Display
52C
0
1
ON
2
3
4
5
6
7
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
SV2
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
[Error content (U9)] (Request code "55" )
Data display 0 0
Error content 1
Error content 2
Error content 1
Display
Overvoltage
error
: Detected
Undervoltage
error
L1-phase
open error
Power synchronizing
signal error
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
b
C
d
E
F
OCH526B
102
Error content 2
Converter Fo
Display
error
0
1
2
3
SS
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Compressor
Compressor is
warming up
: Detected
PAM error
ON
ON
ON
ON
[Contact demand capacity] (Request code "61")
Data display
0
0
Setting content
0
Setting content
Display
Setting value
0
1
2
3
0%
50%
75%
100%
Setting
SW7-1
SW7-2
ON
ON
ON
ON
Silent mode
input
Spare 1
input
[External input state] (Request code "62")
Data display
Input state
0
0
0
Input state
Display
Contact demand
input
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
b
C
d
E
F
[Outdoor unit - Capacity setting display] (Request code "70")
Data display
9
10
11
14
20
25
28
40
50
Capacity
35
50
60
71
100
125
140
200
250
[Outdoor unit - Setting information] (Request code "71")
Data display
0
0
Setting information 1
Setting information 2
Setting information 1
Display
Defrost mode
0
Standard
1
For high humidity
Setting information 2
Single-/
Display
3-phase
0
Single-phase
1
2
3-phase
3
OCH526B
103
Heat pump/
cooling only
Heat pump
Cooling only
Heat pump
Cooling only
: Input present
Spare 2
input
[Outdoor unit switch setting display (SW1 to SW10, except SW3)] Request codes "73 " to "82"
0: Switch OFF 1: Switch ON
SW1, SW2, SW6, SW7
Data display
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OCH526B
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0b
0C
0d
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
0: Switch OFF 1: Switch ON
SW5
Data display
1
2
3
4
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0: Switch OFF
SW8
1
2
3
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0b
0C
0d
0E
0F
1: Switch ON
Data display
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
0: Switch OFF 1: Switch ON
SW4, SW9, SW10
Data display
1
2
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
01
02
03
104
[Indoor unit – Model setting information] (Request code "162 ")
Data display
0
Display
0
See the table on the right.
Model setting state
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
08
09
0A
0b
0C
0d
0E
)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
1A
1b
1C
1d
1E
)
Display
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
28
29
2A
2b
2C
2d
2E
)
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
38
39
3A
3b
3C
3d
3E
)
Model setting state
3.$53‡)$/
3/$53%$
3/$=53%$
3($'53‡-$/4
3/$53%$%$
[Indoor unit – Capacity setting information] (Request code "163" )
Data display
0
0
See the table on the right.
Display
Capacity setting state
Display
Capacity setting state
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
08
09
0A
0b
0C
0d
0E
)
12
16
22
25
28
32
40
45
50
56
63
80
90
100
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
1A
1b
1C
1d
1E
)
112
125
140
[Wireless pair No. (indoor control board side) setting] (Request code "165 ")
Data display
0
Display
0
See the table on the right.
OCH526B
00
01
02
03
105
Pair No. setting state
No.
No.
No.
No.
0
1 J41 disconnected
2 J42 disconnected
3 - J42 disconnected
13
EASY MAINTENANCE FUNCTION
13-1. SMOOTH MAINTENANCE
13-1-1. PAR-31MAA
Maintenance data, such as the indoor/outdoor unit’s heat exchanger temperature and compressor operation current can be
displayed with “Smooth maintenance”.
* This cannot be executed during test operation.
* Depending on the combination with the outdoor unit, this may not be supported by some models.
Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
1
button.
Select "Check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
Check menu
Error history
Refrigerant volume check
Refrigerant leak check
Smooth maintenance
Request code
Service menu:
Cursor
Select "Smooth maintenance" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
F1
2
Set each item.
Select the item to be changed with the F1 or F2 button.
F2
F3
F4
Smooth maintenance
Ref.address
Stable mode
Cool / Heat/ Normal
Select the required setting with the F3 or F4 button.
Begin:
Cursor
■<Ref.address>setting [ 0 ]~[ 15 ]
■<Stable mode>setting [ Cool ] / [ Heat ] / [ Normal ]
Press the
−Address+
Smooth maintenance
button, Fixed operation will start.
Ref.address
Stable mode
Note: Stable mode will take approx. 20 minutes.
Cool / Heat/ Normal
6WDELOL]DWLRQĺ&ROOHFWLQJ
Exit:
The operation data will appear.
3
The Compressor-Accumulated operating (COMP. run) time is 10-hour unit, and
the Compressor-Number of operation times (COMP. On / Off) is a 100-time
unit (fractions discarded).
Smooth maintenance
Cool
Ref. address
COMP. current
COMP. run time
COMP. On / Off
COMP. frequency
A
Hr
times
Hz
Return:
Page
Smooth maintenance
Ref.address
Sub cool
OU TH4 temp.
OU TH6 temp.
OU TH7 temp.
Cool
Return:
Page
Navigating through the screens
• To go back to the Main menu ..........
• To return to the previous screen .......
Smooth maintenance
Ref.address
IU air temp.
IU HEX temp.
IU filter time
button
button
Return:
Page
OCH526B
106
Cool
Hr
13-1-2. PAR-21MAA
● Reduces maintenance work drastically.
● Enables you to check operation data of the indoor and outdoor units by remote controller.
Furthermore, use of maintenance stable-operation control that fixes the operating frequency, allows smooth inspection, even for
inverter models.
Smooth Maintenance Function
Discharge temperature 64:
● Conventional inspection work
● Outdoor unit ●
● Indoor unit ●
Measure
the intake air
temperature.
Remove the
service panel.
Easy maintenance information (unit)
1
2
3
Compressor
Accumulated operating
time (o10 hours)
Number of ON/OFF
times (o10 times)
Operating
current (A)
4
5
6
Outdoor unit
Heat exchanger
temperature (:)
Discharge
temperature (:)
Outside air
temperature (:)
7
8
9
Indoor unit
Intake air
temperature (:)
Measure the discharge
temperature.
Measure the outside air
temperature
Heat exchanger
temperature (:)
Filter operating
time* (Hours)
* The filter operating time is the time that has elapsed since the filter was reset.
13-2. MAINTENANCE MODE OPERATION METHOD
Note: If you are going to use 13-3. "GUIDE FOR OPERATION CONDITION", set the airflow to "High" before activating maintenance mod
● Switching to maintenance mode
Maintenance mode can be activated either when the air conditioner is operated or stopped.
It cannot be activated during test run.
* Maintenance information can be viewed even if the air conditioner is stopped.
■ Remote controller button information
A
C
B
D
Operation mode
Compressor information Outdoor unit information Indoor unit information
Confirm
Activate/cancel maintenance mode
(1) Press the TEST button for 3 seconds to switch to maintenance mode.
[Display A] MAINTENANCE
If stable operation is unnecessary or if you want to check the data with the air conditioner stopped, skip to step (4).
● Fixed Hz operation
The operating frequency can be fixed to stabilize operation of inverter model.
If the air conditioner is currently stopped, start it by this operation.
(2) Press the
MODE button to select the desired operation mode.
[Display A]
Stable cooling
operation
Stable heating
operation
Stable operation
cancellation
COOL
STABLE MODE
HEAT
STABLE MODE
STABLE MODE
CANCEL
(3) Press the FILTER ( ) button to confirm the setting.
[Display D] Waiting for stabilization
Stabilized
After 10 to 20 minutes
OCH526B
107
L Data measurement
When the operation is stabilized, measure operation data as explained below.
(4) Press the [TEMP] buttons (
and
) to select the desired refrigerant address.
[Screen ]
(5) Select the type of data to be displayed.
After selecting, go to step (6).
Compressor information
MENU button
[Display ]
Cumulative
operation time
ON/OFF Number
COMP ON
x10 HOURS
COMP ON
x100 TIMES
Operating current
COMP ON
CURRENT (A)
Outdoor unit information
ON/OFF button
exchanger
Heat
temperature
[Display ]
OUTDOOR UNIT
H·EXC. TEMP
Comp discharge
temperature
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTLET TEMP
Outdoor ambient
temperature
OUTDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR TEMP
Indoor unit information
button
[Display ]
Indoor room
temperature
Heat exchanger
Filter operating
temperature
INDOOR UNIT
INLET TEMP
time
INDOOR UNIT
H·EXC. TEMP
INDOOR UNIT
FILTER USE H
(6) Press the FILTER ( ) button to confirm the setting.
[Display example for accumulated operating time]
Blinking
Display Waiting for response
After approx.
10 seconds
12,340 hours
(7) Data is displayed on the display (at ).
To check the data for each item, repeat steps (5) to (7).
(8) To cancel maintenance mode, press the
TEST
button for 3 seconds or press the
N Refrigerant address
Single refrigerant system
Multi refrigerant system (group control)
In the case of single refrigerant system, the refrigerant address
is "00" and no operation is required.
Simultaneous twin units belong to this category
(single refrigerant system).
[1:1]
Refrigerant
address=00
[Twin]
Refrigerant
address=00
Outdoor
unit
Outdoor
unit
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
01
Remote
controller
Remote
controller
OCH526B
ON/OFF button.
Up to 16 refrigerant systems (16 outdoor units) can be connected as a group by one remote controller. To check or set the
refrigerant addresses.
Refrigerant
address
00
Outdoor
unit
Refrigerant
address
01
Outdoor
unit
Refrigerant
address
02
Outdoor
unit
Refrigerant
address
15
Outdoor
unit
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
01
Indoor unit
02
Remote
controller
108
13-3. GUIDE FOR OPERATION CONDITION
Retightened
Outdoor Unit
Good
Retightened
Indoor Unit
Good
Retightened
V
1 Accumulated operating time
Time
2 Number of ON/OFF times
Times
3 Current
A
Classification
Item
4 Refrigerant/heat exchanger temperature
COOL
: HEAT
:
5 Refrigerant/discharge temperature
:
Is "D000" displayed stably on the remote
COOL
: HEAT
Inspection
6 Air/outside air temperature
COOL
: HEAT
:
(Air/discharge temperature)
COOL
: HEAT
:
Good
Cleaning required
Heat exchanger
Good
Cleaning required
Sound/vibration
None
: HEAT
:
COOL
: HEAT
:
8 Refrigerant/heat exchanger temperature COOL
: HEAT
:
(Air/discharge temperature)
9 Filter operating time*
difference
Good
Cleaning required
Filter
Good
Cleaning required
Fan
Good
Cleaning required
Heat exchanger
Good
Cleaning required
Sound/vibration
None
Present
Inspection
Is "D000" displayed stably on the remote
controller?
Temperature (5 Discharge temperature) – (8 Indoor
difference
Note: 1. Fixed Hz operation may not be possible under the following tem
ture ranges.
A)In cool mode, outdoor intake air temperature is 40 : or high
indoor intake air temperature is 23 : or lower.
B)In heat mode, outdoor intake air temperature is 20 : or high
indoor intake air temperature is 25 : or lower.
2. If the air conditioner is operated at a temperature range other tha
ones above but operation is not stabilized after 30 minutes or more
elapsed, carry out inspection.
3. In heat mode, the operation state may vary due to frost forming o
outdoor heat exchanger.
Filter may be clogged. *
Inspection A
Performance has dropped. Detailed inspection is necessary.
Inspection B
Refrigerant amount is dropping.
Inspection C
Filter or indoor heat exchanger may be
Heat mode
:
:
45
45
40
40
Inspection C
30
30
25
25
Filter inspection
20
Inspection B
5
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Note: The above judgement is just guide based on Japanese standard
conditions.
It may be changed depending on the indoor and outdoor temperature.
* It may be judged as “filter inspection” due to the outdoor and indoor
temperature, even though it is not clogged.
109
15
10
Inspection A
0 10
Normal
20
Normal
15
10
Inspection C
Filter inspection
35
35
:
[5 Discharge temperature] – [4 Outdoor
heat exchanger temperature)
clogged.
OCH526B
(7 Indoor intake air temperature)— (8Indoor
heat exchanger temperature)
Normal operation state
Filter inspection
Heat
Result
Normal
:
(7 Indoor intake air temperature)
Judgment
Cool
:
heat exchanger temperature)
Cool mode
Check item
Stable Unstable
(8 Indoor heat exchanger temperature) –
* The filter operating time is the time that has elapsed since the filter was reset.
Area
:
Indoor heat exchanger temperature)
Time
Decorative panel
:
heat exchanger temperature)
(7 Indoor intake air temperature) – (8
Present
COOL
7 Air/intake air temperature
Stable Unstable
Temperature (5 Discharge temperature) – (4 Outdoor
(8 Indoor heat exchanger temperature) —
(7 Indoor intake air temperature)
Appearance
Result
controller?
Cool
CleanliTemperature
ness
Temperature
Cleanliness
Enter the temperature differences between 5 , 4 , 7 and 8 into
the graph given below.
Operation state is determined according to the plotted areas on
the graph.
For data measurements, set the fan speed to "Hi" before activating maintenance mode.
M"
(Voltage)
pressor
Outdoor Unit
Check Points
Good
(Insulation resistance)
Com-
Indoor Unit
Terminal block
Result
Breaker
Heat
Loose connection
Power supply
Inspection item
Inspection B
Inspection A
5
0 10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
:
[5 Discharge temperature] – [8 Indoor
heat exchanger temperature)
13-4. INITIAL SETTINGS FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE DETECTION FUNCTION
13-4-1. PAR-31MAA
Refrigerant leakage is detected after a long time.
To enable this function, the refrigerant volume must be saved (initial learning) after installation. Always operate this function in
the following manner after installation.
• Always perform test run before using this function, and confirm that the air conditioner operates normally.
• To accurately detect refrigerant leaks, set the wind speed to strong, and execute this operation.
"Refrigerant leak check" is valid only with models which support the refrigerant leak check function.
1 Select "Service" from the Main menu, and press the
button.
Select "Check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
Check menu
Error history
Refrigerant volume check
Refrigerant leak check
Smooth maintenance
Request code
Service menu:
Cursor
Select "Refrigerant leak check" with the F1 or F2 button, and press the
button.
2 Stable mode will start.
Press the
F1
F2
F3
F4
Refrigerant leak check
button, stable mode will start.
Start refrigerant leak check
Approx. 20minutes
Stable mode will take approx. 20 minutes.
Begin:
3 The operation data will appear.
The following value is the reference for the refrigerant volume check. If the refrigerant is leaking, "NG" will appear.
The refrigerant volume check reference value can be changed with the function selection.
Default value RP71 – : 80%
– RP50 : 70%
Refrigerant leak check
Add Cond Add
OK
OK
OK
NG
Check menu:
Page
Cond
OK
NG
–
–
<Resetting the initial learning data>
If the unit has been relocated or if refrigerant has been additionally charged, the initial learning data must be reset and learning performed again.
How to reset the data:
1. Turn the main power OFF.
2. Attach the short-circuit pin for the emergency operation connector (CN31) on the outdoor controller board to the ON side.
3. Turn ON the test run switch (SW4-1) on the outdoor controller board.
4. The data will be reset when the main power is turned ON.
5. Turn the main power OFF.
6. Turn OFF the test run switch (SW4-1).
7. Return the short-circuit pin for the emergency operation connector (CN31) to the OFF side.
* Under the following conditions, it may not be possible to carry out stable operation or accurately detect refrigerant leaks.
• When the outdoor intake temperature is 40°C or higher, or when the indoor intake temperature is 23°C or less.
• When the indoor fan speed is not set to strong.
OCH526B
110
13-4-2. PAR-21MAA
NRemote controller button position
This air conditioner (Outdoor unit) can detect refrigerant leakage
which may happen during a long period of use. In order to enable
the leakage detection, the following settings are required to let the
unit memorize the initial condition (initial refregerant amount).
Operation mode
Compressor information Outdoor unit information Indoor unit information
Confirm
Caution :
Make sure to perform the "test run" and confirm the unit works
without any problems, before starting the following setting.
For more precise detection, make sure to set the airflow at
"High notch" before enabling this setting.
[Display ]
1.How to select the "Refrigerant Leakage Detection" mode
Refrigerant leakage
detection
(initial teaching)
GAS LEAK
TEST START
Refrigerant leakage
detection judgement
GAS LEAK
JUDGE
Detection is possible regardless the unit`s operation (ON or OFF).
Press TEST button for more than 3 seconds to switch to
"EASY MAINTENANCE" mode.[Display ]
2.How to start the initial learning
Press . CLOCK
button and select the [GAS LEAK TEST START]
* The initial learning for the leakage detection is always done once after
the new installation or the data reset.
[Display ] Waiting for stabilization
Stabilized
After 45 minutes
Press
FILTER
( )button to confirm.
How to finish the initial learning
Once the unit`s operation is stabilized, the initial learning is completed.
Press TEST button for more than 3 seconds to cancel the initial leaning.
The initial learning can also be cancelled by pressing ON/OFF button.
OCH526B
111
3. How to start "Judgment of refrigerant leakage " mode.
To know the current condition of refrigerant amount, same operation must be performed.
Please repeat the same procedure 1~3 as when "Initial learning operation" for "Checking operation".
4Press w CLOCK
button and select the [GAS LEAK JUDGE]
Refrigerant leakage
detection
(initial teaching)
Refrigerant leakage
detection judgment
GAS LEAK
TEST START
5Press
FILTER
GAS LEAK
JUDGE
( ) button to confirm. (Display A LOADING)
Display C
Flashing
Waiting for response
Display[C] indication
"0"
" 20 "
" 8888 "
"
Loading
0"
Judgment
Meaning (% setting)
Refrigerant leakage is less than 20% of initial condition.
Refrigerant leakage is more than 20% of initial condition.
"Error"=No initial data is available.
<Note>
% for judgment can be changed by "Unit function setting of remote controller".
Selectable either 80%(initial setting) or 60%
Refer to “Mode No.21” on <Table 1> Function selections in ch.11-1.
(When the "%" for judgment is changed, please start "Initial learning 1~3" about 1 minute (3) and cancel 4.)
Then, please start "Judgment of refrigerant leakage" mode(1~5).
<How to reset the initial condition (data) >
When the unit is removed and installed again or refrigerant is charged additionally, the "Initial learning" must be
performed again by following procedure.
(1)Turn "Main Power" OFF.
(2)Connect the pin of CN31 to ON position on the outdoor controller board.
(3)Turn SW4-1 on the outdoor controller board to ON.
(4)Turn "Main Power" ON to reset the initial data.
After reset the data, please turn pin of CN31 and SW4-1 to original(OFF) position.
<Caution>
1.On the following condition, the operation cannot be stabillized and judgment of cheking operation may not be accurate.
(a)Outdoor temperature ] 40:or Room temperature [ 23:
(b)Air flow setting is not "High-notch".
2.Please check the operation and unit status, when the operation is not stabilized after more than 45 minutes.
OCH526B
112
14
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112VHAR2(-BS).UK
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
OPERATING PROCEDURE
1. Removing the service panel and top panel
(1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and slide
the hook on the right downward to remove the service
panel.
(2) Remove screws (2 for front, 3 for rear/5 × 12) of the top
panel and remove it.
Photo 1
Top panel fixing screws
Top panel
Service panel
fixing screw
Fan grille
Grille
fixing
screws
Slide
Grille
fixing
screws
2. Removing the fan motor (MF1, MF2)
Photo 2-1
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
Propeller
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 12) to detach the
fan grille. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 1)
(4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach the
propeller. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 2-1)
(5) Disconnect the connectors, CNF1, CNF2 on controller cirNut
cuit board in electrical parts box.
(6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 20) to detach the
fan motor. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 2-2)
(7) Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the motor support.
Service panel
Service panel
fixing screws
Photo 2-2
Front panel
Fan
Fan motor fixing screws motor
Fan motor fixing screws
3. Removing the electrical parts box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Disconnect the indoor/outdoor connecting wire and the
power supply wire from terminal block.
(4) Disconnect the connector CNF1, CNF2, LEV-A, LEV-B
and LEV-C on the controller circuit board.
<Symbols on the board>
• CNF1, CNF2 : Fan motor
• LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C : LEV
(5) Disconnect the pipe-side connections of the following parts.
• Thermistor <Liquid>(TH3)
• Thermistor <Discharge>(TH4)
• Thermistor <2-phase pipe>(TH6)
• Thermistor <Ambient>(TH7)
• Thermistor <Suction> (TH32)
• Thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33)
• Thermistor <Comp. surface> (TH34)
• High pressure switch (63H)
• Low pressure switch (63L)
• High pressure sensor (63HS)
• 4-way valve coil (21S4)
(6) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the compressor
lead wire.
(7) Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
(8) Remove an electrical parts box fixing screw (4 × 10) and
detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward.
The electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left
and 1 hook on the right.
OCH526B
113
Photo 3
Controller circuit board
(C.B.)
Electrical
parts box
Electrical
parts box
fixing screw
Terminal block
(TB1)
Valve bed
Screw
Terminal cover
Compressor
(MC)
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
4. Removing the thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) and
Photo 4-1
thermistor <Ambient>(TH7)
Control box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Disconnect the connectors TH7/6 (red) on the controller
circuit board in the electrical parts box.
Loosen 2 fasteners for lead wires in the electrical parts
box.
(4) Loosen the clamp for lead wires in the rear of the electrical
parts box.
(5) Pull out the thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) and thermistor <Ambient> (TH7) from the sensor holder.
Note: When replacing thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) or
thermistor <Ambient> (TH7), replace it together.
Thermistor
<2-phase pipe> (TH6)
Cable strap
Controller circuit board (C.B.)
Photo 4-2
Lead wire of
thermistor
<Ambient>
(TH7)
Sensor holder
5. Removing the thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) and thermis- Photo 5
tor <Comp. surface> (TH34)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
Muffler
(2) Disconnect the connector TH4 (white) and TH34 (red) on
the controller circuit board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen clamps for lead wires on the separator. (See
Clamp
Photo 5)
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in
High pressure
the electrical parts box.
sensor (63HS)
(4) Pull out the thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) from the sensor
holder.
Separator
[Removing the thermistor<Comp. surface> (TH34)]
(5) Remove the sound proof cover (upper) for compressor.
(6) Pull out the thermistor <Comp. surface> (TH34) from the
holder of the compressor shell.
Thermistor
<Comp. Surface>
(TH34)
Compressor
(MC)
Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
6. Removing the thermistor <Liquid> (TH3), thermistor
Photo 6
<Suction> (TH32) and thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Disconnect the connectors, TH3 (white) and TH32 (black),
TH33 (yellow) on the controller circuit board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen clamps for lead wires on the separator (See Photo
5).
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in
the electrical parts box.
(4) Loosen clamp for the lead wire for TH3.
(5) Pull out the thermistor <Liquid> (TH3), thermistor <Suction>
(TH32) and thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33) from the sensor holder.
(TH32 : See Photo 5)
(TH33 : See Photo 7)
Thermistor
<Comp. surface>
(TH34)
OCH526B
Thermistor
<Suction> (TH32)
114
Clamp
(for TH3)
Power
receiver
Thermistor
<Liquid>
(TH3)
PHOTOS
OPERATING PROCEDURE
7. Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4), and linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
Photo 7-1
High pressure Linear expansion Linear expansion
switch (63H) valve coil (LEV-C) valve coil (LEV-A)
[Removing the 4-way valve coil]
(3) Remove 4-way valve coil fixing screw (M5 × 6).
(4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you.
Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in the
electrical parts box.
(5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the controller
circuit board in the electrical parts box.
Linear
expansion
valves
Thermistor
<Ref. check>
(TH33)
[Removing the linear expansion valve coil]
(3) Remove the linear expansion valve coil by sliding the coil
upward.
Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in the
electrical parts box.
(4) Disconnect the connectors, LEV-A (white), LEV-B (red) and
LEV-C(blue) on the controller circuit board in the electrical
parts box.
8. Removing the 4-way valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve and
stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) then remove the valve bed.
(4) Remove 4 side panel (R) fixing screws (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit then remove the side panel (R).
(5) Remove the 4-way valve coil.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of 4-way valve.
Note : When installing the 4-way valve, cover it with a wet
cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C or more),
then braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are
not oxidized.
4-way valve
Linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-B)
Low pressure
switch (63L)
Linear
expansion
valve
High pressure 4-way valve coil
sensor (63HS) (21S4)
Photo 7-2: VHAR2 type
High pressure Linear expansion Linear expansion
switch (63H) valve coil (LEV-C) valve coil (LEV-A)
9. Removing linear expansion valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 8)
(4) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 8)
(5) Remove the linear expansion valve coil.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of linear expansion valve.
Note : When installing the linear expansion valve, cover
it with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C
or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of
pipes are not oxidized.
10. Removing the high pressure switch (63H), the low pressure switch (63L) and the pressure sensor (63HS)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 8)
(4) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 8)
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch, low pressure switch, and the pressure sensor (63HS).
Note : When installing the high pressure switch, cover it
with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C
or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of
pipes are not oxidized.
OCH526B
115
Linear
expansion
valves
Thermistor
<Ref. check>
(TH33)
4-way valve
Linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-B)
Low pressure
switch (63L)
Linear
expansion
valve
High pressure 4-way valve coil
sensor (63HS) (21S4)
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in
the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by
removing the right side panel.
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
11. Removing the reactor (DCL) and capacitor (CB)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
Photo 8
Reactor
(DCL)
[Removing the reactor]
(4) Remove 4 reactor fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove the
reactor.
[Removing the capacitor]
(4) Remove 4 capacitor band fixing screws (4 × 10) and
remove the capacitor.
* The reactor and capacitor are attached to the rear of the
electrical parts box.
Reactor
fixing
screws
Reactor
fixing
screws
Capacitor (CB)
12. Removing the compressor (MC)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 2 cover panel (front) fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the front cover panel. (See Photo 3)
(4) Remove 2 cover panel (rear) fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the back cover panel.
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
(6) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 8)
(7) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 8)
(8) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
(9) Remove 3 separator fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove
the separator.
(10) Remove the soundproof cover for compressor.
(11) Recover refrigerant.
(12) Remove the welded pipe of compressor inlet and outlet
then remove the compressor.
(13) Remove the 3 points of the compressor fixing nut using a
spanner or a adjustable wrench.
Electrical parts box
Capacitor band
fixing screws
Photo 9
Separator
Valve bed
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Compressor (MC)
Power receiver
Compressor fixing nut
OCH526B
116
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
13. Removing the power receiver
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the cover panel (front). (Refer to procedure 12)
(4) Remove the cover panel (rear). (Refer to procedure 12)
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
(6) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 8)
(7) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 8)
(8) Recover refrigerant.
(9) Remove 4 welded pipes of power receiver inlet and outlet.
(10) Remove 2 receiver leg fixing screws (4 × 10).
Photo 10
Pipes of power receiver
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Power receiver
Receiver leg
fixing screws
OCH526B
117
Receiver leg
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
OPERATING PROCEDURE
1. Removing the service panel and top panel
(1) Remove 3 service panel fixing screws (5 × 12) and slide
the hook on the right downward to remove the service
panel.
(2) Remove screws (2 for front, 3 for rear/5 × 12) of the top
panel and remove it.
Photo 1
Top panel fixing screws
Top panel
Service panel
fixing screw
Fan grille
Grille
fixing
screws
Slide
Grille
fixing
screws
2. Removing the fan motor (MF1, MF2)
Photo 2-1
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
Propeller
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 5 fan grille fixing screws (5 × 12) to detach the
fan grille. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 1)
(4) Remove a nut (for right handed screw of M6) to detach the
propeller. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 2-1)
(5) Disconnect the connectors, CNF1, CNF2 on controller circuit board in electrical parts box.
Nut
(6) Remove 4 fan motor fixing screws (5 × 20) to detach the
fan motor. (Top and bottom) (See Photo 2-2)
(7) Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the motor support.
Note: Due to a parts-sharing, the fan motor for service
has longer lead wires. Upon replacement, tie up any
excessive lead wires in a bundle, then fix it with a
clamp in the electrical parts box.
Service panel
Service panel
fixing screws
Photo 2-2
Front panel
Fan
Fan motor fixing screws motor
Fan motor fixing screws
Photo 3
3. Removing the electrical parts box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
Controller circuit
Noise filter circuit
Electrical parts box
board (C.B.)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
board (N.F.)
(3) Disconnect the indoor/outdoor connecting wire and power
supply wire from terminal block.
(4) Disconnect the connector CNF1, CNF2, LEV-A, LEV-B and
LEV-C on the controller circuit board.
<Symbols on the board>
• CNF1, CNF2 : Fan motor
• LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C : LEV
(5) Disconnect the pipe-side connections of the following parts.
• Thermistor <Liquid>(TH3)
• Thermistor <Discharge>(TH4)
Electrical
• Thermistor <2-phase pipe>(TH6)
parts box
• Thermistor <Ambient>(TH7)
fixing screw
• Thermistor <Suction> (TH32)
• Thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33)
• Thermistor <Comp. surface> (TH34)
• High pressure switch (63H)
• Low pressure switch (63L)
• High pressure sensor (63HS)
• 4-way valve coil (21S4)
• Reactors (ACL1, ACL2, ACL3)
(6) Remove the terminal cover and disconnect the compressor
lead wire.
(7) Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
Terminal block (TB2)
(8) Remove 2 electrical parts box fixing screws (4 × 10) and
Terminal block (TB1)
detach the electrical parts box by pulling it upward. The
electrical parts box is fixed with 2 hooks on the left and 1
hook on the right.
OCH526B
118
PHOTOS & ILLUSTRATION
OPERATING PROCEDURE
4. Disassembling the electrical parts box
(1) Disconnect all the connectors on the controller circuit
board.
Photo 4-1
(2) Remove the 3 screws, screw 1, 2 and 3, that fix the
plate equipped with the outdoor controller circuit board,
and the electrical parts box, screw 1 from the front and
the screw 2 and 3 from the bottom of the electrical parts
box. (See Photo 4-1 and 4-2)
(3) Slide the plate in the direction of the arrow A and remove it.
(See Photo 4-1)
(4) Remove the lead wires from the clamp and the wire clip on
the bottom of the electrical parts box. (See Photo 4-3)
(5) Remove the 3 screws, screw 4 and 5, that fix the bottom
side of the electrical parts box and remove the bottom side
plate by sliding in the direction of the arrow B. (See Photo
4-3 and 4-4)
(6) Remove the noise filter circuit board from the electrical
parts box. Then remove the 2 screws, screw 6 and 7,
that fix the plate equipped with the noise filter circuit board
and converter circuit board. (See Photo 4-5)
Note: When reassembling the electrical parts box, make
sure the wirings are correct.
Electrical
parts box
Screw1
Controller
circuit board
(C.B.)
A
Clamp
Photo 4-2
Bottom plate of
electrical parts
box
Wire clip
Photo 4-3
Screw4
Screw5
Screw2
Screw3
Electrical parts
box
Heatsink
Photo 4-4
Noise filter
circuit board
(N.F.)
Bottom plate of electrical parts box
Photo 4-5
B
Converter
circuit board
(CONV.B.)
Electrical parts box
Screw6
Screw7
Power circuit
board (P.B.)
Noise filter circuit board (N.F.)
OCH526B
119
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
5. Removing the thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) and
Photo 5-1
thermistor <Ambient>(TH7)
Control box
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Disconnect the connectors TH7/6 (red) on the controller
circuit board in the electrical parts box.
Loosen 2 fasteners for lead wires in the electrical parts
box.
(4) Loosen the clamp for lead wires in the rear of the electrical
parts box.
(5) Pull out the thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) and thermistor <Ambient> (TH7) from the sensor holder.
Note: When replacing thermistor <2-phase pipe> (TH6) or
thermistor <Ambient> (TH7), replace it together.
Thermistor
<2-phase pipe> (TH6)
Cable strap
Controller circuit board (C.B.)
Photo 5-2
Lead wire of
thermistor
<Ambient>
(TH7)
Sensor holder
6. Removing the thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) and thermis- Photo 6
tor <Comp. surface> (TH34)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Disconnect the connector TH4 (white) and TH34 (red) on
Muffler
the controller circuit board in the electrical parts box.
(3) Loosen clamps for lead wires on the separator. (See
Clamp
Photo 5)
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in
High pressure
the electrical parts box.
sensor (63HS)
(4) Pull out the thermistor <Discharge> (TH4) from the sensor
holder.
Separator
[Removing the thermistor<Comp. surface> (TH34)]
(5) Remove the sound proof cover (upper) for compressor.
(6) Pull out the thermistor <Comp. surface> (TH34) from the
holder of the compressor shell.
Thermistor
<Comp. Surface>
(TH34)
Compressor
(MC)
Thermistor <Discharge> (TH4)
7. Removing the thermistor <Liquid> (TH3), thermistor
Photo 7
<Suction> (TH32) and thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Disconnect the connectors, TH3 (white) and TH32 (black),
TH33 (yellow) on the controller circuit board in the electrical
parts box.
(3) Loosen clamps for lead wires on the separator (See Photo
5).
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in
the electrical parts box.
(4) Loosen clamp for the lead wire for TH3.
(5) Pull out the thermistor <Liquid> (TH3), thermistor <Suction>
(TH32) and thermistor <Ref. check> (TH33) from the sensor holder.
(TH32 : See Photo 6)
(TH33 : See Photo 8)
Thermistor
<Comp. surface>
(TH34)
OCH526B
Thermistor
<Suction> (TH32)
120
Clamp
(for TH3)
Power
receiver
Thermistor
<Liquid>
(TH3)
PHOTOS
OPERATING PROCEDURE
8. Removing the 4-way valve coil (21S4), and linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
Photo 8-1
High pressure Linear expansion Linear expansion
switch (63H) valve coil (LEV-C) valve coil (LEV-A)
[Removing the 4-way valve coil]
(3) Remove 4-way valve coil fixing screw (M5 × 6).
(4) Remove the 4-way valve coil by sliding the coil toward you.
Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in the
electrical parts box.
(5) Disconnect the connector 21S4 (green) on the controller circuit board in the electrical parts box.
[Removing the linear expansion valve coil]
(3) Remove the linear expansion valve coil by sliding the coil
upward.
Loosen the clamp for lead wires on the separator.
Loosen 3 fasteners and the cable strap for lead wires in the
electrical parts box.
(4) Disconnect the connectors, LEV-A (white), LEV-B (red) and
LEV-C(blue) on the controller circuit board in the electrical
parts box.
9. Removing the 4-way valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 3 valve bed fixing screws (4 × 10) and 4 ball valve
and stop valve fixing screws (5 × 16) then remove the valve
bed.
(4) Remove 4 side panel (R) fixing screws (5 × 12) in the rear
of the unit then remove the side panel (R).
(5) Remove the 4-way valve coil.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of 4-way valve.
Note : When installing the 4-way valve, cover it with a wet
cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C or more), then
braze the pipes so that the inside of pipes are not
oxidized.
10. Removing linear expansion valve
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 9)
(4) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 9)
(5) Remove the linear expansion valve coil.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of linear expansion valve.
Note : When installing the linear expansion valve, cover
it with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (120°C
or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of
pipes are not oxidized.
11. Removing the high pressure switch (63H), the low pressure switch (63L) and the pressure sensor (63HS)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 9)
(4) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 9)
(5) Pull out the lead wire of high pressure switch and low
pressure switch.
(6) Recover refrigerant.
(7) Remove the welded part of high pressure switch, low pressure switch, and the pressure sensor (63HS).
Note : When installing the high pressure switch, cover it
with a wet cloth to prevent it from heating (100°C
or more), then braze the pipes so that the inside of
pipes are not oxidized.
OCH526B
121
Linear
expansion
valves
Thermistor
<Ref. check>
(TH33)
4-way valve
Linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-B)
Low pressure
switch (63L)
Linear
expansion
valve
High pressure 4-way valve coil
sensor (63HS) (21S4)
Photo 8-2: YHAR2 type
High pressure
switch (63H)
Linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-A)
Linear
expansion
valves
Thermistor
<Ref. check>
(TH33)
4-way valve
Linear expansion
valve coil (LEV-B)
Low pressure
switch (63L)
Linear
expansion
valve
High pressure 4-way valve coil
sensor (63HS) (21S4)
Note 1: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in
the air.
Note 2: The welded part can be removed easily by
removing the right side panel.
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
12. Removing the reactors (ACL1, ACL2, ACL3)
Photo 12-1
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the 6 screws, that fix the front panel and remove
the front panel.
(4) Remove the 2 screws, screw 8 and 9 (both 4 × 10), that
fix the separator, screw 8 from the valve bed and screw 9
from the bottom of the separator, and tilt the separator to
the side of the fan motor slightly. (See Photo 12-1)
(5) Disconnect the lead wires from the reactor and remove the
4 screws, screw 0, that fix the reactor to remove the reactor. (See photo 12-3.)
Electrical parts box
Note 1: The reactor is very heavy (4kg)!
Be careful when handling it.
Note 2: The reactor box is also removable.
Screw8
Photo 12-2-1
Valve bed
Reactor box
Reactor box
Separator
Reactors
Photo 12-3
Photo 12-2-2
: YHAR2 type
Reactor box
Reactor box
Reactors
Screw0
OCH526B
122
Screw 9
OPERATING PROCEDURE
PHOTOS
13. Removing the compressor (MC)
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove 2 cover panel (front) fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the cover panel (front). (See Photo 3)
(4) Remove 2 cover panel (rear) fixing screws (5 × 12) and
remove the cover panel (rear).
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
(6) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 9)
(7) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 9)
(8) Remove 3 separator fixing screws (4 × 10) and remove
the separator.
(9) Remove the soundproof cover for compressor.
(10) Recover refrigerant.
(11) Remove the welded pipe of compressor inlet and outlet
then remove the compressor.
(12) Remove the 3 points of the compressor fixing nut using
a spanner or a adjustable wrench.
Photo 13
Separator
Valve bed
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Compressor (MC)
Power receiver
Compressor fixing nut
14. Removing the power receiver
(1) Remove the service panel. (See Photo 1)
(2) Remove the top panel. (See Photo 1)
(3) Remove the cover panel (front). (Refer to procedure 13)
(4) Remove the cover panel (rear). (Refer to procedure 13)
(5) Remove the electrical parts box. (See Photo 3)
(6) Remove the valve bed. (Refer to procedure 9)
(7) Remove the side panel (R). (Refer to procedure 9)
(8) Recover refrigerant.
(9) Remove 4 welded pipes of power receiver inlet and outlet.
(10) Remove 2 receiver leg fixing screws (4 × 10).
Photo 14
Pipes of power receiver
Note: Recover refrigerant without spreading it in the air.
Power receiver
Receiver leg
fixing screws
OCH526B
123
Receiver leg
HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
CCopyright 2012 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
Distributed in Dec. 2013 No.OCH526 REVISED EDITION-B
Distributed in Jul. 2013 No.OCH526 REVISED EDITION-A
Distributed in Sep. 2012 No.OCH526
Made in Japan
New publication, effective Dec. 2013
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement